UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
  or
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period From ________ to ________.

 

Commission File Number 001-35750

 

First Internet Bancorp
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Indiana   20-348991
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)
     
8888 Keystone Crossing, Suite 1700  
Indianapolis, Indiana   46240
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(317) 532-7900
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:                 Common Stock, without par value

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:                 None

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.                                                                                                                                               Yes  ¨ No  þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.                                                                                                                        Yes  ¨ No  þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.                          Yes  ¨ No  þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).         Yes  ¨ No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                                            þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Large Accelerated Filer  ¨ Accelerated Filer  ¨
   
Non-accelerated Filer  ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller Reporting Company  þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨ No  þ

 

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 29, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $26.3 million, based on the closing sale price for the registrant’s common stock on that date. For purposes of determining this number, all officers and directors of the registrant are considered to be affiliates of the registrant. This number is provided only for the purpose of this report and does not represent an admission by either the registrant or any such person as to the status of such person.

 

As of March 25, 2013, the registrant had 1,876,782 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference

 

Portions of our Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 20, 2013 are incorporated by reference in Part III.

 

 
 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

  

This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements in this report. These factors include:

 

Changing bank regulatory conditions, policies or programs, whether arising as new legislation or regulatory initiatives, that could lead to restrictions on activities of banks generally or First Internet Bank of Indiana (the “Bank”) in particular, more restrictive regulatory capital requirements, increased costs, including deposit insurance premiums, regulation or prohibition of certain income producing activities or changes in the secondary market for loans and other products;

 

Failures of or interruptions in the communications and information systems on which we rely to conduct our business could reduce our revenues, increase our costs or lead to disruptions in our business;

 

General economic conditions, whether national or regional, and conditions in the lending markets in which we participate that may hinder our ability to increase lending activities or have an adverse effect on the demand for our loans and other products, our credit quality and related levels of nonperforming assets and loan losses, and the value and salability of the real estate that we own or that is the collateral for our loans;

 

Competitive factors, including competition with national, regional and community financial institutions, that may lead to pricing pressures that reduce the yields the Bank earns on loans and increase rates the Bank pays on deposits, the loss of our most valued customers, defection of key employees or groups of employees or other losses;

 

Our plans to grow our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loan portfolios which may carry greater risks of non-payment or other unfavorable consequences;

 

The loss of any key members of senior management; or

 

Other risk factors included under “Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Furthermore, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties related to our ability to, among other things: generate loan and deposit balances at projected spreads; sustain fee generation including gains on sales of loans; maintain asset quality and control risk; limit the amount of net loan charge-offs; adapt to changing customer deposit, investment and borrowing behaviors; control expenses; dispose of properties or other assets obtained through foreclosures at expected prices and within a reasonable period of time; attract and retain key personnel; and monitor and manage our financial reporting, operating and disclosure control environments.

 

You should carefully review the disclosures and risk factors described in this and other documents we file form time to time with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including this annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, each as amended from time to time. We cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this report will prove to be accurate and therefore you are encouraged not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. You should read this report completely. Other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future.

 

( i )
 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

First Internet Bancorp is a bank holding company that conducts its business activities through its subsidiary, First Internet Bank of Indiana, an Indiana chartered bank (the “Bank”). The Bank was the first state-chartered, FDIC-insured Internet bank. The Bank offers a full complement of products and services on a nationwide basis. We do so primarily over the Internet and have no branch offices.

 

We commenced banking operations in 1999 and grew organically in our early years by adding new customers, products and capabilities. In 2007, we acquired Indianapolis-based Landmark Financial Corporation. The acquisition merged Landmark Savings Bank, FSB, into the Bank. The Landmark acquisition added a small number of deposit customers, primarily from Central Indiana, to the Bank; more importantly, it added a turnkey retail mortgage lending operation that we could expand through our Internet platform. More recently, we have added commercial real estate (“CRE”) and commercial and industrial (“C&I”) lending services to meet the needs of high-quality, underserved commercial borrowers.

 

Despite the downturn in banking that began in 2008, we have experienced substantial growth while maintaining a strong capital position, low non-performing assets, and a stable core deposit base. From December 31, 2010, total assets have increased by 26.3% from $503.9 million to $636.4 million at December 31, 2012. During the same period, total deposits grew from $422.7 million to $530.7 million, an increase of 25.6%.

 

Business Strategies

 

Our main objective is to grow in size while enhancing our profitability. We expect to grow organically on a national basis in our consumer (retail) activities and on a regional basis in our commercial (wholesale) activities. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

Grow Nationwide Internet Activities. We offer our retail products and services throughout the United States through our web-based operations. Our retail banking offering appeals to consumers who require online access to their accounts but do not need a branch network for making deposits or conducting transactions in person. We believe that we are well positioned to continue to take advantage of the consumer-driven shift from branch banking to direct banking. We believe Internet banking is now the preferred banking channel by consumers. According to a 2011 American Bankers Association survey, the number of bank customers who prefer to do their banking online increased from 21% to 62% between 2007 and 2011, while those who prefer branch banking has declined from 39% to 20% over the same period.

 

Our online banking platform is outsourced and is scalable without requiring additional fixed-cost investments to support growth.

 

Increase Non-Interest Income. In 2012, we closed 2,623 residential mortgage loans. This was a 109% increase over 2011. Over 97% of these loans were sold into the secondary market, thereby contributing to non-interest income and not increasing the Bank’s assets.

 

Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio . While maintaining a conservative approach to lending, we expect to continue to pursue growth in our CRE and C&I loan portfolios. We entered into these markets by hiring teams of experienced bankers with lending expertise in specific industries and giving them authority to make certain pricing and credit decisions, avoiding the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. During 2012, these portfolios grew from $45.6 million to $99.2 million, or 117.5%, and represented 28.0% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012.

 

Maintain Sound Asset Quality . We strive to maintain the sound asset quality that has been representative of our recent operations. As we continue to diversify and increase our lending activities, we may face higher rates of nonpayment and other increased risks. We intend to continue to employ the strict underwriting guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that have contributed to our low incidence of nonperforming assets and minimal charge-offs in relation to our size.

 

1
 

 

Continue Focus on Technology and Efficiency . We have invested significantly in the infrastructure required to operate a real-time, Internet-only business model and believe that our existing data processing infrastructure can accommodate additional growth while minimizing operational costs through economies of scale. Our core banking platform is licensed software operated and maintained by Bank employees. Expanded banking operations could require additional software license or hardware costs in order to support the growth; however, these expenses are not expected to be significant. We plan to maintain our stringent cost control practices and policies.

 

Expand Market Share Through Disciplined Acquisition Strategy . We may expand on an opportunistic basis, primarily as a means of securing additional asset generation, for example, by acquiring a bank with an established SBA loan program.

 

Lending Activities

 

Residential Mortgage Lending. We offer first-lien residential mortgage loans in 49 states and second-lien (home equity) loans as well as home equity lines of credit in 44 states. We offer loans for homebuyers (purchase money) as well as existing homeowners who wish to refinance their current loans. The low interest rate environment has made refinancing an attractive opportunity for homeowners in the past two years. Approximately 81%, 81% and 87% of the loans we originated in 2010, 2011 and, 2012, respectively, were refinances. While we expect the low interest rate environment to continue, we have begun introducing programs to increase the proportion of purchase money loans, as this will provide a reliable stream of business in a rising rate environment.

 

We attract creditworthy loan applicants through disciplined online lead generation efforts and through repeat business from past customers. We track our acquisition costs vigilantly and discontinue any lead sources that are not contributing to a positive margin. We use customer relationship management tools to track prospects and identify the most likely sales opportunities on which to focus our efforts. For 2012, the weighted average credit score of our mortgage customer was 775 at time of origination.

 

We currently sell the vast majority of our conforming conventional (fixed rate) loans to the secondary market and thereby avoid the potential interest rate risk of these loans. We retain variable rate non-conforming (jumbo) loans in our portfolio. As rates rise, we will have the opportunity to retain conforming conventional loans on an opportunistic basis.

 

We also actively promote home equity loans and lines of credit through our Internet channel, leveraging our robust yet easy-to-use customer-facing toolset. We continue to expand our efforts to complement our first lien product.

 

Consumer Lending. While we offer consumer loans and credit cards through our website to a nationwide consumer base, the majority of our consumer loans have been acquired through indirect dealer networks, primarily horse trailers and recreational vehicles (RVs). We expanded our recreational product dealer network in 2011 and implemented a new loan origination system in Q1 2012 to improve the customer experience and document tracking.

 

Commercial Real Estate (CRE) Lending. We began offering CRE loans in Indiana and other parts of the Midwest in 2010. We have a team of five full-time employees, most with large regional bank experience. We expect that the majority of our CRE loans will be in office, retail, industrial, and multifamily loans in the Midwest, with credit tenant lease financing on a nationwide basis. While many banks in Central Indiana must address legacy problem CRE loans in their portfolios, we are in a position to meet pent-up demand from qualified borrowers. In 2011, the first full year of CRE loan operations, we attracted $49.8 million in CRE loan commitments. In early 2012, we made an opportunistic purchase of a small commercial real estate loan pool consisting of eight (8) seasoned term loans with an aggregate principal balance of $8.9 million.  The loans in this pool were secured by first mortgages on single tenant commercial properties, each under long term lease arrangements to major national or regional companies.  This acquisition aligned with our newly formulated strategy to enter into the national credit tenant lease financing market.  Purchasing seasoned loans that fully amortized within the remaining lease terms also helped us with diversification of the loan portfolio as we began focusing on real estate markets over a wider geographical area with longer term leasing profiles and more predictable project cash flows.

 

2
 

 

We believe our CRE portfolio will continue its growth in two ways: (1) regionally, in more traditional short-term financing arrangements supporting local developers and conventional property types (office, retail, multi-family, industrial, residential development & construction) as well as (2) nationally, where we will concentrate on longer term financing of  properties occupied by single tenants committed to long-term leases with borrowers providing significant cash equity in relation to the debt structured. We entered the national credit tenant lease financing market in January 2012 with the purchase of a pool of eight loans as described above. We have not made any additional purchases of CRE loans, and such purchases are not part of our growth strategy.

 

Commercial and Industrial (C&I) Lending. Historically, we only originated C&I loans occasionally as a result of referrals we received from customers and third parties. We began focusing on C&I loan originations in the Central Indiana area in late 2011. We currently have a team of seven full-time employees, most with large regional bank experience and strong local relationships. The recent increase in our C&I lending activity is intended to further diversify our lending portfolio and increase opportunities for new business. In addition to commercial loan originations, C&I lending activity can result in new deposits, including fee income from treasury management products, and opportunities to cross-sell other products such as residential mortgage loans and consumer home equity and installment loans. New C&I customers (and their advisors) also serve as referral sources for additional new business opportunities. We recently began piloting expanded online account access and treasury management service capabilities in order to attract deposits from C&I borrowers (which diversifies our deposit mix and reduces our cost of funds) and to enhance our non-interest income.

 

Loan Portfolio Analysis
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Real estate loans:                                                                                
Residential   $ 128,815       36.34 %   $ 143,452       43.24 %   $ 106,729       35.30 %   $ 80,781       26.02 %   $ 68,408       21.48 %
Commercial     84,918       23.95 %     43,507       13.11 %     19,563       6.47 %     20,212       6.51 %     15,856       4.98 %
Total real estate loans     213,733       60.29 %     186,959       56.35 %     126,292       41.77 %     100,993       32.53 %     84,264       26.46 %
Commercial loans     14,271       4.03 %     2,063       0.62 %     4,919       1.63 %     3,779       1.22 %     2,443       0.77 %
Consumer loans     126,486       35.68 %     142,783       43.03 %     171,122       56.60 %     205,702       66.25 %     231,732       72.77 %
      354,490       100.00 %     331,805       100.00 %     302,333       100.00 %     310,474       100.00 %     318,439       100.00 %
Less:                                                                                
Net deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts     3,671               3,421               4,057               5,062               6,344          
Allowance for losses     (5,833 )             (5,656 )             (6,845 )             (10,097 )             (4,616 )        
Total loans   $ 352,328             $ 329,570             $ 299,545             $ 305,439             $ 320,167          

 

Loan Maturities

 

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution intervals of the outstanding loans in our portfolio as of December 31, 2012.

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

    Real Estate                    
At December 31, 2012   Residential     Commercial     Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Amounts due in:                                        
One year or less   $ 4,368     $ 11,052     $ 5,537     $ 2,117     $ 23,074  
More than one to two years     8,891       8,754       3,153       1,501     $ 22,299  
More than two to three years     2,127       1,495       637       2,917     $ 7,176  
More than three to five years     995       31,203       4,620       16,507     $ 53,325  
More than five to ten years     1,055       26,814             82,342     $ 110,211  
More than ten to fifteen years     3,490       4,852       324       21,102     $ 29,768  
More than fifteen years     107,889       748                 $ 108,637  
Total   $ 128,815     $ 84,918     $ 14,271     $ 126,486     $ 354,490  

 

3
 

 

Fixed vs. Adjustable Rate Loans

 

The following table shows the distribution of the outstanding loans in our portfolio between those with variable or floating interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates as of December 31, 2012.

 

    Due after December 31, 2012  
(dollars in thousands)   Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
Real estate loans:                        
Residential   $ 11,049     $ 117,766     $ 128,815  
Commercial     40,248       44,670     $ 84,918  
Total real estate loans     51,297       162,436     $ 213,733  
Commercial loans     5,430       8,841     $ 14,271  
Consumer loans     125,081       1,405     $ 126,486  
Total loans   $ 181,808     $ 172,682     $ 354,490  

   

Loan Activity
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Total loans at beginning of period:   $ 331,805     $ 302,333  
                 
Loans originated:                
Real estate loans:                
Residential     4,775       1,964  
Commercial     35,861       25,732  
Commercial loans     7,467       470  
Consumer loans     24,572       15,304  
Total loans originated     72,675       43,470  
                 
Loans purchased:                
Real estate loans:                
Residential           59,477  
Commercial     8,877        
Commercial loans            
Consumer loans            
Total loans purchased     8,877       59,477  
                 
Add (Deduct):                
Principal repayments     (52,055 )     (67,362 )
Net other     (6,812 )     (6,113 )
                 
Net loan activity     22,685       29,472  
Total loans at end of period   $ 354,490     $ 331,805  

 

4
 

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

Loans are reviewed at least quarterly and any loan whose collectability is doubtful is placed on non-accrual status. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, unless, in the judgment of management, the loan is well collateralized and in the process of collection. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status is charged against interest income. Subsequent payments are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectability of the loan. Restructured loans include troubled debt restructurings that involved forgiving a portion of interest or principal or making loans at a rate materially less than the market rate to borrowers whose financial condition had deteriorated. Foreclosed and repossessed assets include assets acquired in the settlement of loans. The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of non-performing assets in our portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Non-accrual loans ( 1 )                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
Residential   $ 1,389     $ 876     $ 2,841     $ 3,388     $ 2,383  
Commercial     2,362       7,523       3,593       5,186       227  
Total real estate loans     3,751       8,399       6,434       8,574       2,610  
Commercial loans                 1,539              
Consumer loans     155       224       683       1,726       1,898  
Total non-accrual loans     3,906       8,623       8,656       10,300       4,508  
                                         
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
Residential     450       75             47       38  
Commercial                 900              
Total real estate loans     450       75       900       47       38  
Commercial loans                              
Consumer loans     21       56       30       72       29  
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more     471       131       930       119       67  
                                         
Total non-accrual and 90 days or more past due loans     4,377       8,754       9,586       10,419       4,575  
                                         
Real estate owned:                                        
Residential     265       448       591       126       398  
Commercial     3,401       1,064       1,616              
Other                              
Total real estate owned     3,666       1,512       2,207       126       398  
                                         
Other non-performing assets     2,253       3,113       5,118       2,164       453  
                                         
Total non-performing assets     10,296       13,379       16,911       12,709       5,426  
Troubled debt restructurings not included in non-accruals     1,412       1,086       360              
Troubled debt restructurings and total non-performing assets   $ 11,708     $ 14,465     $ 17,271     $ 12,709     $ 5,426  

 

 

(1) Includes non-performing troubled debt restructurings.

 

5
 

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Troubled debt restructurings:                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
Residential – Accruing   $ 1,092     $ 817     $ 360     $     $  
Residential – Non-accruing     29       285                    
Commercial – Non-accruing     510       510                    
Total real estate loans     1,631       1,612       360              
Commercial loans                              
Consumer loans – Accruing     319       269                    
Consumer loans – Non-accruing     20       89                    
Total troubled debt restructurings   $ 1,970     $ 1,970     $ 360     $     $  
                                         
Total non-performing loans to total loans     1.23 %     2.64 %     3.17 %     3.36 %     1.44 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets     1.62 %     2.29 %     3.36 %     2.52 %     1.00 %
Total non-performing assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets     1.84 %     2.47 %     3.43 %     2.52 %     1.00 %

 

Classified Assets
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Special mention assets   $ 2,032     $ 2,222  
Substandard assets     2,467       7,635  
Doubtful assets            
Loss assets            
Total classified assets   $ 4,499     $ 9,857  

 

Delinquencies
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90+ Days
Past Due
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90+ Days
Past Due
 
Real estate loans:                                                
Residential   $ 130     $ 5     $ 1,555     $ 1,376     $ 121     $ 666  
Commercial                 2,362                   7,523  
Total real estate loans     130       5       3,917       1,376       121       8,189  
Commercial loans                                    
Consumer loans     1,025       148       122       1,709       213       206  
Total   $ 1,155     $ 153     $ 4,039     $ 3,085     $ 334     $ 8,395  

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision is one of our critical accounting policies that is subject to significant estimates, as previously discussed. The current level of the allowance for loan losses is a result of management’s assessment of the risks within the portfolio based on the information obtained through the credit evaluation process. We utilize a risk-rating system on non-homogenous CRE and C&I loans that includes regular credit reviews to identify and quantify the risk in the commercial portfolio. Our management conducts quarterly reviews of the entire loan portfolio and evaluates the need to establish allowances on the basis of these reviews.

 

Management actively monitors asset quality and, when appropriate, charges off loans against the allowance for loan losses. Although management believes it uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the economic conditions in the assumptions used to determine the size of the allowance for loan losses.

 

6
 

 

The following table reflects allowance for loan losses and its allocations for the periods indicated.

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    Amount     % of Total
Allowance
    % of Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Total
Allowance
    % of Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Total
Allowance
    % of Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Total
Allowance
    % of Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Total
Allowance
    % of Total
Loans
 
Real estate loans:                                                                                                                        
Residential   $ 1,149       19.70 %     36.34 %   $ 1,099       19.43 %     43.24 %   $ 2,135       31.19 %     35.30 %   $ 765       7.58 %     26.02 %   $ 250       5.42 %     21.48 %
Commercial     3,107       53.27 %     23.95 %     2,485       43.93 %     13.11 %     1,292       18.88 %     6.47 %     4,232       41.91 %     6.51 %     260       5.63 %     4.98 %
Commercial loans     371       6.36 %     4.03 %     333       5.89 %     0.62 %     608       8.88 %     1.63 %     79       0.78 %     1.22 %     16       0.35 %     0.77 %
Consumer loans     1,206       20.67 %     35.68 %     1,739       30.75 %     43.03 %     2,810       41.05 %     56.60 %     5,021       49.73 %     66.25 %     4,090       88.60 %     72.77 %
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 5,833       100.00 %     100.00 %   $ 5,656       100.00 %     100.00 %   $ 6,845       100.00 %     100.00 %   $ 10,097       100.00 %     100.00 %   $ 4,616       100.00 %     100.00 %

   

Loan Loss Experience

 

The following table reflects activity in allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated and selected related statistics.

 

(dollars in thousands)   Fiscal Year ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Allowance at beginning of period:   $ 5,656     $ 6,845     $ 10,097     $ 4,616     $ 3,564  
Provision for loan losses     2,852       2,440       927       11,564       4,819  
Charge offs:                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
Residential     (509 )     (811 )     (1,158 )     (1,402 )     (125 )
Commercial     (1,464 )     (698 )     (445 )     (294 )      
Commercial loans           (612 )     (61 )     (10 )     (18 )
Consumer loans     (1,438 )     (2,296 )     (3,399 )     (5,297 )     (4,330 )
Total charge-offs     (3,411 )     (4,417 )     (5,063 )     (7,003 )     (4,473 )
                                         
Recoveries:                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
Residential     148       141       121       102       10  
Commercial                 17              
Commercial loans     75       19                   18  
Consumer loans     513       628       746       818       678  
Total recoveries     736       788       884       920       706  
                                         
Net charge-offs     (2,675 )     (3,629 )     (4,179 )     (6,083 )     (3,767 )
                                         
Allowance at end of period   $ 5,833     $ 5,656     $ 6,845     $ 10,097     $ 4,616  
                                         
Allowance to non-performing loans     133.26 %     64.61 %     71.41 %     96.91 %     100.90 %
Allowance to total loans outstanding at end of period     1.65 %     1.70 %     2.26 %     3.25 %     1.45 %
Net annualized charge-offs to average loans outstanding during period     (0.69 )%     (1.05 )%     (1.35 )%     (1.85 )%     (1.12 )%

 

Underwriting Procedures and Standards

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory policies with loan approval limits approved by the Board of Directors. Loan officers have underwriting and approval authorization of varying amounts based on their years of experience in the lending field. Additionally, based on the amount of the loan, multiple signatures and or approvals are required. Our chief credit officer has approval limits on individual loans up to $5 million and pool purchases up to $30 million. The maximum we could lend to any one borrower at December 31, 2012 was approximately $8.1 million.

 

7
 

 

Our goal is to have a well-diversified and balanced loan portfolio focusing on consumer, CRE and C&I loans. In order to manage our loan portfolio risk, we establish concentration limits by borrower, product type, maturity, loan structure, industry and geography. To supplement our internal loan review resources, we have engaged an independent third-party loan review group, which together represent our internal loan review function. Our internal auditor reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Responsibility for loan underwriting, compliance and document monitoring reside with the compliance function and loan operations function.

 

Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential real estate loans generally include loans for the purchase or refinance of residential real estate properties consisting of 1-4 units and home equity loans and lines of credit.  We currently sell substantially all of the long-term fixed rate residential real estate loans that we originate to secondary market investors. We also release the servicing of these loans upon sale. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We typically retain in our portfolio all adjustable rate residential real estate loans that exceed the government maximum loan amount (which is currently $417,000) and also loans with balloon payment features.  Balloon periods are up to a maximum of 15 years.

 

Residential real estate loans are typically underwritten to conform to industry standards including criteria for maximum debt-to-income and loan-to-value ratios as well as minimum credit scores. Our underwriting focuses on appraised value of the collateral as well as the applicant’s ability to repay the loan from his or her employment and from other sources.  We verify an applicant’s credit information using third-party records and tax returns through the IRS.

 

Additionally, our residential mortgage underwriters use a third party product to assess the risk of the loan transaction for both the collateral and applicant. The product helps us identify suspicious mortgage loans and analyzes the property and neighborhood characteristics for each transaction.  From the date of application to the date of closing all of an applicant’s credit activity is monitored.  All appraisals are reviewed by our collateral underwriter, who is an Indiana state certified appraiser.  The collateral underwriter has several third party products that help assess the quality of the appraisal, the comparables chosen, and the value determination. Loans secured by first liens on residential real estate held in the portfolio typically do not exceed 80% of the value of the collateral, are adjustable rate and have amortization periods of thirty years or less.

 

We do not offer, and have not offered, “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios).

 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans are primarily comprised of loans and credit cards. The majority of our consumer loans are horse trailer and recreational vehicle loans, underwritten by our staff for buyers whose applications were sent to us through a dealer network.  Minimum underwriting criteria have been established that consider credit score, debt-to-income ratio, employment history, the advance percentage and collateral coverage.  Typically, consumer loans are set up on monthly payments with amortization periods based on the type and age of the collateral.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans . Traditional CRE loans are comprised of loans to small business entities to purchase or expand structures in which the business operations are housed, loans to owners of real estate who lease space to non-related commercial entities, loans for construction and land development, and loans to owners of multi-family residential structures, such as apartment buildings.  CRE loans are underwritten primarily based on historical and projected cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the appraised value of the underlying real estate pledged as collateral on the debt. Credit tenant leases are to a major national or regional firm, typically to open a new store front or other core business operation. Credit tenant leases follow the same guidelines with additional focus on the global creditworthiness of the national or regional firm. For the various types of commercial real estate loans, minimum criteria have been established within our loan policy regarding debt service coverage while maximum limits on loan-to-value and amortization periods have been defined.  Maximum loan-to-value ratios range from 65% to 80% depending upon the type of real estate collateral, while the desired minimum debt coverage ratio is 1.20x. Amortization periods for commercial real estate loans are generally limited to twenty years. Our CRE loans represented 23.95% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012.

 

8
 

 

A CRE loan borrower’s financial information is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates, payment history reviews and periodic face-to-face meetings with the borrower. We require commercial borrowers to provide annually updated financial statements and federal tax returns. These requirements also apply to the individual principals of our commercial borrowers. We also require borrowers of credit tenant lease loans to provide an annual report of income and expenses for the property, including a tenant list and copies of leases, as applicable.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. C&I loans focus on the entire business relationship and consist of loans for business expansion as well as working capital loans used to purchase inventory and fund accounts receivable that are secured by business assets other than real estate.  These loans are generally written for three years or less. Also, new equipment financing is provided to businesses with these loans generally limited to 90% of the value of the collateral and amortization periods limited to seven years. C&I loans are often accompanied by a personal guaranty of the principal owners of a business. As with CRE loans, the underlying cash flow on a historic and projected basis of the business is the primary consideration in the underwriting process, with a desired minimum debt coverage ratio of 1.20x. We also assess the management’s operational effectiveness, level of equity invested in the business and customer relationships. We also consider relevant economic and industry factors, as well as competitor and supplier information relating to the applicant’s business.  The financial condition of commercial borrowers is monitored at least annually with the type of financial information required determined by the size of the relationship.  We address the needs of businesses with higher risk profiles through the use of government-assisted lending programs through the Small Business Administration. We determine the loan structure after evaluating what is appropriate for the specific situation and establish monitoring mechanisms for going forward .

 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

 

We obtain deposits through the ACH network (direct deposit as well as customer-directed transfers of funds from outside financial institutions), remote and mobile deposit capture, mailed checks, wire transfers, and a deposit-taking ATM network. We do not currently solicit brokered deposits, although we had approximately $23.7 million and $18.3 million in brokered time deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Bank does not own or operate any ATMs. Through network participation, the Bank’s customers are able to use nearly any ATM worldwide to withdraw cash. The Bank currently rebates up to $6.00 per customer per month for surcharges our customers incur when using an ATM owned by another institution. Management believes this program is more cost effective for the Bank, and more convenient for customers, than it would be to build and maintain a proprietary nationwide ATM network for our customers.

 

By providing a robust online toolset, quality customer service and a tremendous value for services offered, we have been able to develop relationships with our retail customers and build brand loyalty. The average retail checking or savings account has been open with us for more than eight years. As a result, we are not dependent upon costly account acquisition campaigns to attract new customers on a continual basis.

 

9
 

 

Deposits
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Fiscal Year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Regular savings accounts   $ 11,583       2.18 %   $ 7,773       1.60 %   $ 6,074       1.48 %
Non-interest bearing     13,187       2.49 %     15,870       3.26 %     7,676       1.86 %
Interest-bearing     73,660       13.88 %     64,006       13.15 %     53,108       12.90 %
Money market accounts     202,388       38.14 %     165,561       34.02 %     114,874       27.91 %
Certificates of deposit     211,542       39.86 %     209,762       43.10 %     199,248       48.41 %
Brokered deposits     18,490       3.48 %     23,898       4.91 %     30,844       7.49 %
Premiums on brokered deposits     (159 )     -0.03 %     (205 )     -0.04 %     (197 )     -0.05 %
Total   $ 530,691       100.00 %   $ 486,665       100.00 %   $ 411,627       100.00 %

 

Time Deposits at December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)

 

Interest Rate:      
<1.00%   $ 48,829  
1.00% – 1.99%     57,771  
2.00% – 2.99%     80,815  
3.00% – 3.99%     35,567  
4.00% – 4.99%     4,512  
5.00% – 5.99%     2,538  
Total   $ 230,032  

 

Time Deposit Maturities at December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Period to Maturity           Percentage of
Total
 
    Less than 1
year
    > 1 year
to 2 years
    > 2 years
to 3 years
    More than
3 years
    Total     Certificate
Accounts
 
Interest Rate:                                                
<1.00%   $ 42,085     $ 5,247     $ 998     $ 499     $ 48,829       21.23 %
1.00% – 1.99%     27,115       7,815       6,882       15,959       57,771       25.12 %
2.00% – 2.99%     4,980       4,077       26,323       45,435       80,815       35.13 %
3.00% – 3.99%     897       19,069       5,256       10,345       35,567       15.46 %
4.00% – 4.99%     3,776       1       735             4,512       1.96 %
5.00% – 5.99%                       2,538       2,538       1.10 %
Total   $ 78,853     $ 36,209     $ 40,194     $ 74,776     $ 230,032       100.00 %

  

Time Deposit Maturities of $100,000 or Greater at December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Certificates
of Deposit
 
Maturity Period:        
3 months or less   $ 17,268  
Over 3 through 6 months     10,417  
Over 6 through 12 months     22,572  
Over 12 months     83,313  
Total   $ 133,570  

 

10
 

 

Federal Home Loan Advances

 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit funds. The following table is a summary of FHLB borrowings for the periods indicated.

 

(dollars in thousands)   Fiscal Year ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010  
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 40,686     $ 40,573     $ 30,455  
Average amount outstanding during period     40,625       38,539       36,427  
Maximum outstanding at any month end during period     40,686       40,573       47,000  
                         
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     3.22 %     3.22 %     4.02 %
Weighted average interest rate during period     3.35 %     3.52 %     4.20 %

 

Market Areas

 

Our only office is located in Indianapolis, Indiana. The low cost of living in Indianapolis (a 2009 Forbes study showed Indianapolis to be the most affordable place to live among the largest 40 MSAs in the United States) gives us access to highly skilled employees and office space at a competitive cost.

 

The market area for our retail banking activities, primarily residential mortgage and consumer lending and deposit gathering, is nationwide. The physical location of our office is of no consequence to our retail customers.

 

We serve CRE borrowers in surrounding states in the Midwest, while our more recent expansion into C&I banking focuses on Central Indiana. Both CRE and C&I relationships are highly dependent on strong lender/borrower relationships.

 

Competition

 

The markets in which we compete to make loans and attract deposits are highly competitive.

 

For retail banking activities, we compete with other banks that use the Internet as a primary service channel, including Ally Bank, ING Direct, EverBank and Bank of Internet. However, we also compete with other banks, savings banks, credit unions, investment banks, insurance companies, securities brokerages and other financial institutions, as nearly all have some form of Internet delivery for their services. For residential mortgage lending, competitors that use the Internet as a primary service channel include Quicken Loans and Lending Tree. However, we also compete with the major banks in residential mortgage lending, including Bank of America, Chase and Wells Fargo.

 

For our commercial lending activities, we compete with larger financial institutions operating in the Midwest and Central Indiana regions, including Key Bank, PNC Bank, Chase, BMO Harris, First Merchants Bank and First Financial Bank. All of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources and higher lending limits and may also offer specialized products and services we do not. For our commercial clients, we offer a highly personalized relationship and fast, local decision making.

 

In the United States, banking has experienced widespread consolidation over the last decade leading to the emergence of several large nationwide banking institutions. These competitors have significantly greater financial resources and offer many branch locations as well as a variety of services we do not. We have attempted to offset some of the advantages of the larger competitors by leveraging technology to deliver product solutions and better compete in targeted segments. We have positioned ourselves as an alternative to banking conglomerates for consumers who do not wish to subsidize the cost of large branch networks through high fees and unfavorable rates.

 

11
 

 

We anticipate that consolidation will continue in the financial services industry and perhaps accelerate as a result of ongoing financial stress, intensified competition for the same customer segments and significantly increased regulatory burdens and rules that are expected to increase expenses and put pressure on revenues.

 

Regulation and Supervision

 

General

 

We and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal and state law. We are a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”) and, as such, are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). We are required to file reports with the Federal Reserve on a quarterly basis.

 

The Bank is an Indiana-chartered bank formed pursuant to the Indiana Financial Institutions Act (the “IFIA”). As such, the Bank is regularly examined by and subject to regulations promulgated by the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) as its primary federal bank regulator. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

 

The regulatory environment affecting us has been and continues to be altered by the enactment of new statutes and the adoption of new regulations as well as by revisions to, and evolving interpretations of, existing regulations. State and federal banking agencies have significant discretion in the conduct of their supervisory and enforcement activities and their examination policies. Any change in such practices and policies could have a material impact on our operations and shareholders.

 

The following discussion is intended to be a summary of the material statutes, regulations and regulatory directives that are currently applicable to us. It does not purport to be comprehensive or complete and it is expressly subject to and modified by reference to the text of the applicable statutes, regulations and directives.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) comprehensively reformed the regulation of financial institutions, products and services. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act noted in this section are also discussed in other sections. Furthermore, many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require further study or rulemaking by federal agencies, a process which will take months and years to implement fully.

 

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for new capital standards that eliminate the treatment of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital. The Company has never issued any trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raised deposit insurance levels to $250,000, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Pursuant to modifications under the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit insurance assessments are now being calculated based on an insured depository institution’s assets rather than its insured deposits and the minimum reserve ratio of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) has been raised to 1.35%. The payment of interest on business demand deposit accounts is permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the Federal Reserve to regulate interchange fees for debit card transactions and established new minimum mortgage underwriting standards for residential mortgages. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act barred certain banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain limited circumstances. The Dodd-Frank Act empowered the newly established Financial Stability Oversight Council to designate certain activities as posing a risk to the U.S. financial system and to recommend new or heightened standards and safeguards for financial organizations engaging in such activities.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve. The CFPB has the exclusive authority to prescribe rules governing the provision of consumer financial products and services, which in the case of the Bank will be enforced by the FDIC. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Office of Financial Research, which has the power to require reports from other financial services companies.

 

12
 

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

We are subject to supervision and examination as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve under the BHCA. In addition, the Federal Reserve has the authority to issue orders to bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsafe or unsound banking practices and from violations of conditions imposed by, or violations of agreements with, the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve is also empowered, among other things, to assess civil money penalties against companies or individuals who violate Federal Reserve orders or regulations, to order termination of nonbanking activities of bank holding companies, and to order termination of ownership and control of a nonbanking subsidiary by a bank holding company. Federal Reserve approval is also required in connection with bank holding companies’ acquisitions of more than 5% of the voting shares of any class of a depository institution or its holding company and, among other things, in connection with the bank holding company’s engaging in new activities.

 

Under the BHCA, our activities are limited to businesses so closely related to banking, managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHCA also requires a bank holding company to obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring or holding more than a 5% voting interest in any bank or bank holding company, (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

 

We have not filed an election with the Federal Reserve to be treated as a “financial holding company,” a type of holding company that can engage in certain insurance and securities-related activities that are not permitted for a bank holding company.

 

Source of Strength . Under the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank in the event of the financial distress of the Bank. This provision codifies the longstanding policy of the Federal Reserve. Although the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to issue regulations to implement the source of strength provisions, no regulations have been promulgated at this time. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its depository subsidiaries are subordinate to the payment of deposits and to certain other indebtedness. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a depository subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

Regulation of Banks, Generally

 

Business Activities . The Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the IFIA, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) and related regulations.

 

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations . Generally, the Bank’s total loans or extensions of credit to a single borrower outstanding at one time, and not fully secured, cannot exceed 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. If the loans or extensions of credit are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, the Bank may lend up to an additional 10% of its unimpaired capital and surplus.

 

Capital Requirements—Generally . FDIC regulations require insured non-member banks generally to meet three minimum capital standards:

 

a ratio of tangible capital to adjusted total assets (tangible capital ratio) of not less than 1.5%;

 

“Tangible capital” for this purpose is defined to include common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles and investments in certain “non-includable” subsidiaries.

 

13
 

 

a ratio of “core capital” to adjusted total assets (“Tier 1 Capital Ratio” or “leverage ratio”) of not less than 4%; and

 

“Core capital” (also called “Tier 1 Capital”) is defined similarly to tangible capital, but also includes certain qualifying supervisory goodwill and certain purchased credit card relationships.

 

a ratio of total capital (core and supplementary) to total risk-weighted assets (“Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio”) of not less than 8%, provided that the amount of supplementary capital used to satisfy this requirement may not exceed the amount of core capital.

 

“Supplementary capital” (also called “Tier 2 Capital”) for this purpose is defined to include cumulative and certain other preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt securities, subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses (up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets). In addition, up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with a readily determinable fair value may be included in Tier 2 Capital.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of the risk-based capital requirements, the Bank’s balance sheet assets and the credit conversion values of certain off-balance sheet items are multiplied by specified risk-weights, generally ranging from 0% for cash and obligations issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, as specified by the FDIC regulations based on the degree of risk deemed to be inherent in the particular type of asset.

 

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement its capital adequacy requirements through the system of prompt corrective action established by Section 38 of the FDIA. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, a bank is “well capitalized” if it has: (1) a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater; (2) a Tier 1 (Core) risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater; (3) a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (4) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. A bank is “adequately capitalized” if it has: (1) a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater; (2) a Tier 1 (Core) risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater; and (3) a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of a “well capitalized” savings association.

 

Regulators also must take into consideration: (1) concentrations of credit risk, (2) interest rate risk and (3) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. This evaluation will be made as a part of the institution’s regular safety and soundness examination.

 

Generally, a bank, upon receiving notice that it is not adequately capitalized (i.e., that it is “undercapitalized”), becomes subject to the prompt corrective action provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA that, for example, (1) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees, (2) require that the FDIC monitor the condition of the bank and its efforts to restore its capital, (3) require submission of a capital restoration plan, (4) restrict the growth of the bank’s assets and (5) require prior regulatory approval of certain expansion proposals. A bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guarantee by each company that controls the bank. A bank that is “critically undercapitalized” (i.e., has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%) will be subject to further restrictions, and generally will be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days.

 

We are also subject to capital adequacy regulations of the Federal Reserve. These capital requirements are substantially similar to those applicable to the Bank. For bank holding companies, the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 4% and the minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio is 8%. In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve requires top rated bank holding companies to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital (defined by reference to the risk-based capital guidelines) to its average total consolidated assets of at least 3.0%. For most other bank holding companies, the minimum leverage ratio is 4.0%. Bank holding companies with supervisory, financial, operational or managerial weaknesses, as well as bank holding companies that are anticipating or experiencing significant growth, are expected to maintain capital ratios well above the minimum levels. The following summarizes our applicable capital ratios as of December 31, 2012:

 

14
 

 

(dollars in thousands)   Actual           Minimum
Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Actions
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2012:                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated   $ 60,701       11.0 %   $ 44,286       8.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     59,893       10.8 %     44,263       8.0 %     55,329       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated     54,844       9.9 %     22,143       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     54,036       9.8 %     22,132       4.0 %     33,198       6.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                                                
Consolidated     54,844       8.9 %     24,667       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     54,036       8.8 %     24,653       4.0 %     30,817       5.0 %

 

In June 2012, the federal banking agencies issued notices of proposed rulemaking that would replace the current risk-based and leveraged capital requirement consistent with agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) in response to the recent financial crisis (collectively, “Basel III”). The proposed revisions would include implementation of a new common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement, a higher minimum tier 1 capital requirement, and, for banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches capital rules, a supplementary leverage ratio that incorporates a broader set of exposures in the denominator measure. Additionally, consistent with Basel III, the agencies proposed to limit a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a specified amount of common equity tier 1 capital as well as more conservative standards for including an instrument in regulatory capital. The revisions were also intended to implement section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires the agencies to establish minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements. The revised capital requirements were to become effective on January 1, 2013; however in December 2012, the agencies announced that the effective date of the proposed revisions would be delayed for an unknown period of time. Accordingly, the Company is not yet in a position to determine the effect of Basel III on its capital requirements.

 

TARP/CPP . Under the Troubled Asset Relief Program established by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department established the Capital Purchase Program (“TARP/CPP”) by which the Treasury Department purchased senior preferred shares of participating holding companies or financial institutions. We determined that we did not need the capital infusion offered under the TARP/CPP, and so we never issued any preferred shares or other securities to the Treasury Department.

 

Community Reinvestment Act . Under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”), as implemented by FDIC regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examinations of the Bank, to assess the Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community and to take that record into account in evaluating certain applications for regulatory approvals that we may file with the FDIC.

 

The CRA regulations establish an assessment system that bases an association’s rating on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the assessment system focuses on three tests:

 

a lending test , to evaluate our record of making loans in our local communities, defined as our CRA assessment areas;

 

an investment test , to evaluate our record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses in our CRA assessment areas or a broader area that includes our assessment areas; and

 

15
 

 

a service test , to evaluate our delivery of services through our retail banking channels and the extent and innovation of our community development services.

 

Due to its Internet focus, the Bank does not have the kind of easily defined local community market that most other banks have. As a result, the Bank operates under a CRA Strategic Plan, which was approved by the FDIC and sets forth certain guidelines the Bank must meet in order to achieve a “Satisfactory” rating. The current Strategic Plan expires December 31, 2014; the Bank may elect to submit a new plan for approval prior to that date. The Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent CRA examination. Failure of an institution to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit such institution or its holding company from undertaking certain activities, including engaging in certain activities and acquisitions of other financial institutions.

 

Transactions with Affiliates . The authority of the Bank, like other FDIC-insured banks, to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W. An “affiliate” for this purpose is defined generally as any company that owns or controls the Bank or is under common ownership or control with the Bank, but excludes a company controlled by a bank. In general, transactions between the Bank and its affiliates must be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and at least as favorable to the Bank as comparable transactions between the Bank and non-affiliates. In addition, covered transactions with affiliates are restricted individually to 10% and in the aggregate to 20% of the Bank’s capital. Collateral ranging from 100% to 130% of the loan amount depending on the quality of the collateral must be provided for an affiliate to secure a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank. The Company is an “affiliate” of the Bank for purposes of Regulation W and Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Bank is in compliance with these provisions.

 

Loans to Insiders . The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons (“Related Interests”), is governed by Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders: (1) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and (2) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved in advance by the Bank’s board of directors. Further, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require that after July 21, 2011, any sale or purchase of an asset by the Bank with an insider must be on market terms and if the transaction represents more than 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus it must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Bank. The Bank is in compliance with these provisions.

 

Enforcement . The DFI and the FDIC share primary regulatory enforcement responsibility over the Bank and its institution-affiliated parties (“IAPs”), including directors, officers and employees. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to appoint a conservator or receiver for the Bank, to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders, to seek judicial enforcement of administrative orders and to remove directors and officers from office and bar them from further participation in banking. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws, regulations and administrative orders, as well as in response to unsafe or unsound banking practices or conditions.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness . Pursuant to the FDIA, the federal banking agencies have adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings standards, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. We believe we are in compliance with the safety and soundness guidelines.

 

Dividends . The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is limited by state and federal laws and regulations that require the Bank to obtain the prior approval of the DFI before paying a dividend that, together with other dividends it has paid during a calendar year, would exceed the sum of its net income for the year to date combined with its retained net income for the previous two years. The amount of dividends the Bank may pay may also be limited by the principles of prudent bank management.

 

16
 

 

Capital Distributions . The FDIC may disapprove of a notice or application to make a capital distribution if:

 

the Bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement applicable to the Bank.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts . The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. All deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor.

 

The FDIA, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to set a ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits—the designated reserve ratio (the “DRR”)—of at least 1.35%. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC introduced three possible adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate: (1) a decrease of up to five basis points for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt (other than debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (2) an increase not to exceed 50 percent of an institution’s assessment rate before the increase for secured liabilities in excess of 25 percent of domestic deposits; and (3) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase not to exceed 10 basis points for brokered deposits in excess of 10 percent of domestic deposits.

 

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC proposed to change its assessment base from total domestic deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, which is defined as Tier 1 capital, as required in the Dodd-Frank Act. The new assessment formula became effective on April 1, 2011, and was used to calculate the June 30, 2011 assessment. The FDIC plans to raise the same expected revenue under the new base as under the current assessment base. Since the new base is larger than the current base, the proposal would lower the assessment rate schedule to maintain revenue neutrality. Assessment rates would be reduced to a range of 2.5 to 9 basis points on the broader assessment base for banks in the lowest risk category (well capitalized and CAMELS I or II) and up to 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category.

 

FDIC insurance expense, including assessments relating to FICO bonds, totaled $455,000, $727,000 and $939,000 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

 

Liquidity . The Bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation. To fund its operations, the Bank historically has relied upon core deposits, fed funds lines with correspondent banks, FHLB of Indianapolis borrowings and brokered deposits. The Bank does not currently solicit brokered deposits. The Bank believes it has sufficient liquidity to meet its funding obligations.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System . The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis, which is one of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks comprising the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Indianapolis. While the required percentage of stock ownership is subject to change by the FHLB of Indianapolis, the Bank is in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLB of Indianapolis stock at December 31, 2012 of $2.9 million. Any advances from the FHLB of Indianapolis must be secured by specified types of collateral, and long-term advances may be used for the purpose of providing funds to make residential mortgage or commercial loans and to purchase investments. Long term advances may also be used to help alleviate interest rate risk for asset and liability management purposes. The Bank receives dividends on its FHLB of Indianapolis stock.

 

17
 

 

Federal Reserve System . Although the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, it is subject to provisions of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s regulations under which depository institutions may be required to maintain reserves against their deposit accounts and certain other liabilities. In 2008, the Federal Reserve Banks began paying interest on reserve balances. Currently, reserves must be maintained against transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve’s regulations currently require reserves equal to 3% on transaction account balances over $10.7 million and up to $58.8 million, plus 10% on the excess over $58.8 million. These requirements are subject to adjustment annually by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the FDIC.

 

Anti-Money Laundering and the Bank Secrecy Act . Under the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect and report transactions of a certain size and nature. Financial institutions are generally required to report to the U.S. Treasury any cash transactions involving more than $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which amended the BSA, is designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain anonymous access to the U.S. financial system. The USA PATRIOT Act has significant implications for financial institutions and businesses of other types involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act, together with the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt and implement additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis.

 

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (1) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (2) blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC.

 

Consumer Protection Laws . The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit unfair or deceptive business practices. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Housing Act, Home Ownership Protection Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”), the Truth in Lending Act, the CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various state law counterparts. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. The FDIC will enforce CFPB rules with respect to the Bank.

 

18
 

 

Interchange Fees . Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has issued a final rule governing the interchange fees charged on debit card transactions. The rule caps the interchange income that an issuing bank can receive from a debit card holder’s transactions. The rule became effective October 1, 2011. Although the rule does not directly apply to institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, market forces may result in point-of-sale networks paying the same reduced interchange rate to banks of all sizes. If that were to occur, the Bank would receive less income on its debit card customers’ transactions.

 

Mortgage Reform . The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a residential mortgage loan, including verifying a borrower’s ability to repay such mortgage loan. The Dodd-Frank Act also allows borrowers to assert violations of certain provisions of the Truth-in-Lending Act as a defense to foreclosure proceedings. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, prepayment penalties are prohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors are prohibited from financing insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. The Dodd-Frank Act requires mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing statement and for negative amortization loans and hybrid adjustable rate mortgages. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits mortgage originators from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally limits the ability of a mortgage originator to be compensated by others if compensation is received from a consumer.

 

Customer Information Security . The federal banking agencies have adopted final guidelines for establishing standards for safeguarding nonpublic personal information about customers. These guidelines implement provisions of the GLBA. Specifically, the Information Security Guidelines established by the GLBA require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information (as defined under the GLBA), to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The federal banking regulators have issued guidance for banks on response programs for unauthorized access to customer information. This guidance, among other things, requires notice to be sent to customers whose “sensitive information” has been compromised if unauthorized use of this information is “reasonably possible.”

 

Identity Theft Red Flags . The federal banking agencies jointly issued final rules and guidelines in 2007 implementing Section 114 of the FACT Act and final rules implementing Section 315 of the FACT Act. The rules implementing Section 114 require each financial institution or creditor to develop and implement a written Identity Theft Prevention Program to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. In addition, the federal banking agencies issued guidelines to assist financial institutions and creditors in the formulation and maintenance of an Identity Theft Prevention Program that satisfies the requirements of the rules. The rules implementing Section 114 also require credit and debit card issuers to assess the validity of notifications of changes of address under certain circumstances. Additionally, the federal banking agencies issued joint rules, that became effective in 2008, under Section 315 that provide guidance regarding reasonable policies and procedures that a user of consumer reports must employ when a consumer reporting agency sends the user a notice of address discrepancy.

 

Privacy . The GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. In general, the statute requires financial institutions to explain to consumers their policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information and, except as otherwise required or permitted by law, financial institutions are prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided in their policies and procedures. The Bank is required to provide notice to its customers on an annual basis disclosing their policies and procedures on the sharing of nonpublic personal information. In December 2009, the federal banking agencies promulgated regulations that incorporate a two-page model form that financial institutions may use to satisfy their privacy disclosure obligations under the GLBA. These regulations became effective in January 2011.

 

19
 

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2012, we had 97 employees, all of whom are full-time employees. None of our employees are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes that its employee relations are satisfactory.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Indiana on September 15, 2005. On March 21, 2006, we consummated a plan of exchange by which we acquired all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Our principal executive offices are located at 8888 Keystone Crossing, Suite 1700, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240, and our telephone number is (317) 532-7900.

 

Available Information

 

Our Internet address is www.firstinternetbancorp.com. We plan to post important information for investors on our website in the “Investor Relations” section. We expect to use this website as a means of disclosing material, non public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor the Investor Relations section of our website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts. Investors can easily find or navigate to pertinent information about us, free of charge, on our website, including:

 

· our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC;

 

· announcements of investor conferences and events at which our executives talk about our products and competitive strategies. Archives of some of these events are also available;

 

· press releases on quarterly earnings, product announcements, legal developments and other material news that we may post from time to time;

 

· corporate governance information, including our Corporate Governance Principles, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, information concerning our Board of Directors and its committees, including the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and other governance-related policies;

 

· shareholder services information, including ways to contact our transfer agent; and

 

· opportunities to sign up for email alerts and RSS feeds to have information provided in real time.

 

The information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in, or a part of, this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Our executive officers are as follows:

 

Name   Age   Position
David B. Becker   59   Chief Executive Officer, President, Director and Chairman
Nicole S. Lorch   38   Senior Vice President, Retail Banking
C. Charles Perfetti   68   Senior Vice President
Edward A. Roebuck   48   Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
Laurinda A. Swank   41   Senior Vice President-Accounting and Chief Accounting Officer
Kay E. Whitaker   53   Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

20
 

 

David B. Becker has served as our Chairman of the Board since 2006 and as our President since 2007.

 

Mr. Becker is the founder of the Bank and has served as an officer and director of the Bank since 1999.

 

Mr. Becker’s experiences as an entrepreneur in numerous businesses and in acting as our principal executive officer for over five years qualify him for service on our Board of Directors.

 

Nicole S. Lorch has served as Senior Vice President, Retail Banking since May 2011. Ms. Lorch joined the Company as Director of Marketing in 1999 and served as Vice President, Marketing & Technology from May 2003 to May 2011. She previously served as Director of Marketing at Virtual Financial Services, an online banking services provider, from 1996 to 1999.

 

C. Charles Perfetti was appointed Senior Vice President in January 2012. Mr. Perfetti joined First Internet Bancorp in 2007 upon our acquisition of Landmark Financial Corporation, where he had served as President from 1989 to 2007. He previously conducted independent real estate and government consulting and served as the Chief Investment Manager of the State of Indiana from 1979 to 1986.

 

Edward A. Roebuck has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer since August 2012. Mr. Roebuck previously served as Senior Asset Manager at PNC Bank from January 2009 to June 2012 and as Chief Credit Officer and Senior Underwriter at National City Bank from 1986 to December 2008.

 

Laurinda A. Swank was appointed to serve as Senior Vice President-Accounting and Chief Accounting Officer in January 2013. Ms. Swank previously served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary from May 2002 to January 2013 and as Vice President and Controller from 1999 to 2002. Prior to that, she served as Controller at Automotive Finance Corporation, a floor plan financing source for auto dealers nationwide, from 1996 to 1999 as well as a Senior Auditor at Ernst & Young, a public accounting firm, from 1993 to 1996.

 

Kay E. Whitaker was appointed to serve as Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary in January 2013. Ms. Whitaker previously served as Chief Financial Officer at the Central Indiana Community Foundation from July 2007 to December 2012, where she managed all accounting, finance, human resources, facilities, technology and data functions. She also served as an independent consultant for PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2005 to 2007, as Chief Operating Officer of Energy Ventures, an energy services and utility corporation, from 1997 to 2004, as Chief Financial Officer of Golden Care, Inc., a respiratory therapy and supply company, from 1995 to 1997 and as a Senior Manager in the financial services: mortgage and commercial banking division of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1982 to 1995.

 

Executive officers are elected annually by our board of directors and serve a one-year period or until their successors are elected.

 

None of the above-identified executive officers is related to each other or to any of our directors.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Risk factors which could cause actual results to differ from our expectations and which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations are discussed below and elsewhere in this report. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that are currently not believed to be significant to our business may also affect our actual results and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of the risks or uncertainties described below or any additional risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

21
 

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which may result in significant restrictions on our activities, operations, financing and ownership.

 

We and the Bank are subject to extensive governmental regulation that is intended primarily to protect depositors and the DFI, rather than our shareholders. As a bank holding company, we are regulated primarily by the Federal Reserve. As an Indiana-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the DFI as chartering authority, and the FDIC as the primary federal regulator and deposit insurer. These regulators have the ability, should the situation require, to place significant regulatory and operational restrictions upon us and the Bank. The Bank’s activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit and other activities.

 

Further, we may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements, including the Dodd-Frank Act and new regulatory capital requirements intended to implement Basel III. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

 

Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous other matters including permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments; permissible nonbanking activities; the level of reserves against deposits; and restrictions on dividend payments. The DFI and FDIC possess the power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulation, and the Federal Reserve possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and other restrictions limit the manner in which we, and the Bank, may conduct business and obtain financing.

 

A failure of, or interruption in, the communications and information systems on which we rely to conduct our business could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

 

We rely heavily upon communications and information systems to conduct our business. Although we have built a level of redundancy into our information technology infrastructure and update our business continuity plan annually, any failure or interruption of our information systems or the third-party information systems on which we rely as a result of inadequate or failed processes or systems, human errors or external events could cause underwriting or other delays and could result in fewer applications being received, slower processing of applications and reduced efficiency in servicing. In addition, our communication and information systems may present security risks and could be susceptible to hacking or other unauthorized access. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our plans to grow our commercial loan portfolios may not succeed.

 

We may not succeed in our plans to grow our CRE and C&I loan portfolios. Even if our plans can be implemented successfully, this may not result in the realization of the expected benefits. These loans generally involve higher credit risks than residential real estate and consumer loans and are dependent on our lenders maintaining close relationships with the borrowers. Payments on these loans are often dependent upon the successful operation and management of the underlying business or assets, repayment of such loans may be influenced to a great extent by conditions in the market or the economy. Our failure to achieve or manage this growth could have an adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

22
 

 

An inadequate allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the quality of our assets, particularly loans. In originating loans, there is a substantial likelihood that credit losses will be experienced. The risk of loss will vary with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral. Although we and our regulators regularly review our loan portfolio and evaluate the adequacy of our allowance and believe that the allowance is adequate to absorb such probable losses, there can be no assurance that we will not experience losses in excess of the allowance and be required to increase our provision.

 

As of December 31, 2012, our allowance for loan losses was $5.8 million, which represented approximately 1.65% of total loans. We had $4.4 million in non-performing loans as of December 31, 2012. The allowance may not prove sufficient to cover future loan losses. Although management uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to our non-performing or performing loans. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover loan losses or significant increases to the allowance may be required in the future if economic conditions should worsen. Any increase in our provision could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The market value of some of our investments could decline and adversely affect our financial position.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we held $3.3 million fair value of investments in private label mortgage-backed and pooled trust securities which had an unrealized loss of $2.4 million. Although we use economic models to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, such models have limitations. Although we do not anticipate any decline in the value of these investments, if they experience an other-than-temporary impairment, we would be required to record a write-down or loss and a charge to our earnings.

 

Our products and services are delivered on a technological platform that is subject to rapid change and transformation.

 

The Bank conducts its consumer lending and deposit-gathering activities through the Internet. The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change, and we face constant evolution of customer demand for technology-driven financial and banking products and services. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvement and product development, marketing and implementation. Any failure to successfully keep pace with and fund technological innovation in the markets in which we compete could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

 

We may need additional capital resources in the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all, without which our financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially impaired.

 

If we continue to experience significant growth, we may need to raise additional capital. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend upon our financial performance and condition and on conditions in the capital markets, as well as economic conditions generally. Accordingly, such financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, it would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

23
 

 

The competitive nature of the banking and financial services industry could negatively affect our ability to increase our market share and retain long-term profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is strong. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence than we do and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to increase our market share and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our success will depend on the ability of the Bank to compete successfully on a long-term basis within the financial services industry.

 

Reputational risk and social factors may negatively affect us.

 

Our ability to attract and retain depositors and customers is highly dependent upon consumer and other external perceptions of our business practices and financial condition. Adverse perceptions could damage our reputation to a level that could lead to difficulties in generating and maintaining deposit accounts, accessing credit markets and increased regulatory scrutiny of our business. Borrower payment behaviors also affect us. To the extent that borrowers determine to stop paying their loans where the financed properties’ market values are less than the amount of their loans, or for other reasons, our costs and losses may increase. Adverse developments or perceptions regarding the business practices or financial condition of our competitors, or our industry as a whole, may also indirectly adversely affect our reputation.

 

In addition, adverse reputational developments with respect to third parties with whom we have important relationships may adversely affect our reputation. All of the above factors may result in greater regulatory and/or legislative scrutiny, which may lead to laws or regulations that may change or constrain the manner in which we engage with our customers and the products we offer and may also increase our litigation risk. If these risks were to materialize they could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are dependent upon the services of our management team.

 

Our future success and profitability is substantially dependent upon our management and the abilities of our senior executives. We believe that our future results will also depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified management. Competition for senior personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Changes in key personnel and their responsibilities may be disruptive to our businesses and could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the loss of our chief executive officer could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability and affect the value of our assets.

 

Like other financial institutions, we are subject to interest rate risk. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans and leases and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience imbalances in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities and the relationships of various interest rates to each other. Over any defined period of time, our interest-earning assets may be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice-versa. In addition, the individual market interest rates underlying our loan and lease and deposit products may not change to the same degree over a given time period. In any event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, earnings may be negatively affected. In addition, loan and lease volume and quality and deposit volume and mix can be affected by market interest rates as can the businesses of our clients. Changes in levels of market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net interest spread, asset quality, origination volume and overall profitability.

 

24
 

 

Market interest rates are beyond our control, and they fluctuate in response to economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, may negatively affect our ability to originate loans and leases, the value of assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately could affect our earnings.

 

We are a holding company dependent on capital distributions from the Bank.

 

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank to fund all payments on our obligations. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us is limited by state and federal law and depends generally on the Bank’s ability to generate net income. If we are unable to comply with applicable provisions of these statutes and regulations, the Bank may not be able to pay dividends to us, and we would not be able to pay dividends on our outstanding common stock.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK

 

There is a limited trading market for our common stock and you may not be able to resell your shares.

 

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on February 22, 2013; however, trading remains relatively limited. Although we expect that a more liquid market for our common stock will develop, we cannot guarantee that you would be able to resell shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all.

 

Federal banking laws limit the acquisition and ownership of our common stock.

 

Because we are a bank holding company, any purchaser of 5% or more of our common stock may be required to file a notice with or obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, or the BHCA. Specifically, under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve, (1) any other bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring 5% or more of our common stock and (2) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to file a notice with and not be disapproved by the Federal Reserve to acquire 10% or more of our common stock.

 

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.

 

Provisions of Indiana law and provisions of our Articles of Incorporation could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. We are subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under the Indiana Business Corporation Law. Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock without shareholder approval and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

 

Our shares of common stock are not an insured deposit and as such are subject to loss of entire investment.

 

The shares of our common stock are not a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

 

If we were to issue preferred stock, the rights of holders of our common stock and the value of such common stock could be adversely affected.

 

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue classes or series of preferred stock, without any action on the part of the stockholders. The Board of Directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock, including voting rights, dividend rights and preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends or upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our business and other terms. If we issue preferred stock in the future that has a preference over the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, the rights of holders of the common stock or the value of the common stock would be adversely affected.

 

25
 

 

We are subject to evolving and expensive corporate governance regulations and requirements. Our failure to adhere to these requirements or the failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could seriously harm our business.

 

Although we are subject to extensive regulation as a financial institution, until recently we have historically not been required to follow the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a company whose stock is registered under the Exchange Act and traded on a national securities exchange. With the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market we are subject to these requirements. Compliance with these requirements means we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur in the past and are not reflected in our historical financial statements. Compliance will also require a significant diversion of management time and attention, particularly with regard to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, and will require changes in corporate governance practices. Although we have reviewed, and will continue to review, our disclosure controls and procedures in order to determine whether they are effective, our controls and procedures may not be able to prevent errors or frauds in the future. Faulty judgments, simple errors or mistakes, or the failure of our personnel to adhere to established controls and procedures, may make it difficult for us to ensure that the objectives of the control system will be met. A failure of our controls and procedures to detect other than inconsequential errors or fraud could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

On February 21, 2012 we relocated our principal office within the same office park in Indianapolis, Indiana to accommodate our growth. As part of the move, we extended the terms of our existing lease with the landlord increasing our space from 14,766 square feet to approximately 23,891 square feet of office space under a lease that has a remaining term of approximately 97 months.

 

On March 6, 2013, the Company acquired an office building with approximately 52,000 square feet of office space and related real estate located at 11201 USA Parkway, Fishers, Indiana from an unaffiliated third party for an aggregate consideration of approximately $4.0 million. The Company acquired the Fishers property for the current and future operations of the Bank. The Bank intends to use this property primarily for administrative operations.

 

The Company borrowed $4.0 million from the Bank for the purchase of the Fishers property. The scheduled maturity date of the loan is March 6, 2014. The loan bears interest during the term at a variable rate equal to the then applicable prime rate (as determined by the Bank with reference to the "Prime Rate" published in The Wall Street Journal ) plus 1.00% per annum. The loan agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and events of default. The loan agreement provides that the loan is to be secured by a first priority mortgage and lien on the acquired property and requires that the Company maintain collateral securing the loan that has a value of not less than $5.2 million during the term of the loan.

 

On March 6, 2013, the Company entered into a lease with the Bank for the Bank's use of approximately 15,250 square feet of office space at the Fishers property. The lease has an initial term of five years and provides for monthly rent in the amount of $18.50 per square foot. We expect that the Bank will increase its use of the property over time. We believe that the leased principal office space and the Fishers property will be adequate to meet the Bank’s current and near-term needs.

 

On March 5, 2013 the Bank entered into a sublease for 5,670 square feet of furnished office space in Tempe, Arizona and intends to use the space primarily to house administrative operations. The term of the lease is 37 months.

 

26
 

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, the Bank is a party to legal actions arising from its normal business activities.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

None.

 

27
 

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

Effective February 22, 2013, our common stock begain trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “INBK.” Previously, our common stock (and prior to the formation of the Company, shares of the common stock of the Bank) were quoted on the over-the-counter market under the symbol “FIBP.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low bid quotations for each quarter within the two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent interim period. These quotations as reported on the over-the-counter market reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

    High     Low     Declared  
Period   (US$)     (US$)     Dividends  
Year Ended December 31, 2011:                        
First Quarter     11.40       10.25          
Second Quarter     12.00       10.10          
Third Quarter     11.74       9.25          
Fourth Quarter     11.50       9.70          
Year Ending December 31, 2012:                        
First Quarter     15.90       10.25          
Second Quarter     16.00       13.45          
Third Quarter     17.05       14.63          
Fourth Quarter     22.98       16.00     $ 0.25  

 

As of March 25, 2013, we had 1,876,782 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, and there were 188 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

On November 20, 2012, we announced a special cash dividend of $0.25 per share of common stock, which was paid on December 28, 2012 to the holders of record as of December 10, 2012.

 

On March 18, 2013, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2013 of $0.06 per share payable on April 15, 2013 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2013. We expect to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis; however, the declaration and amount of any future cash dividends will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our operating subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we issued 1,439 deferred stock rights to our non-employee directors under our Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan and 5,192 shares of common stock under our 2012 Senior Management Bonus Plan. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and we believe the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and agreements relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

 

28
 

 

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

 

Five Year Selected Financial and Other Data
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Fiscal Year ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Financial Condition:                                        
Total assets   $ 636,367     $ 585,440     $ 503,915     $ 504,615     $ 543,044  
Cash and cash equivalents     32,513       34,778       32,417       30,016       25,780  
Investment securities available for sale     156,693       149,270       136,936       133,584       168,807  
Loans held for sale     63,234       45,091       5,008       7,169       4,203  
Loans receivable, net     352,328       329,570       299,545       305,439       320,167  
Deposits     530,691       486,665       422,703       411,627       439,242  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     40,686       40,573       30,455       47,000       57,000  
Total shareholders’ equity     61,350       55,423       48,897       44,764       45,411  
                                         
Operating:                                        
Interest and dividends     24,117       23,944       25,296       28,607       31,155  
Interest expense     8,532       9,621       10,785       14,859       18,873  
Net interest income     15,585       14,323       14,511       13,748       12,282  
Provision for loan losses     2,852       2,440       927       11,564       4,819  
Non-interest income     11,744       3,559       3,437       2,903       2,585  
Non-interest expenses     16,677       11,483       10,370       9,341       8,481  
Income (loss) before income taxes     7,800       3,959       6,651       (4,254 )     1,567  
Income taxes     2,194       773       1,696       (2,136 )     (9 )
Net income (loss)   $ 5,606     $ 3,186     $ 4,955     $ (2,118 )   $ 1,576  
                                         
Performance Ratios:                                        
Return on average assets     0.91 %     0.59 %     1.01 %     -0.40 %     0.29 %
Return on average equity     9.51 %     6.13 %     10.21 %     -4.59 %     3.47 %
Interest rate spread ( 1 )     2.49 %     2.57 %     2.83 %     2.42 %     2.07 %
Net interest margin ( 2 )     2.63 %     2.75 %     3.06 %     2.67 %     2.34 %
Noninterest expense to average assets     2.71 %     2.12 %     2.11 %     1.76 %     1.56 %
Efficiency ratio ( 3 )     61.02 %     64.22 %     57.78 %     56.10 %     57.05 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     110.19 %     110.02 %     109.89 %     108.65 %     107.63 %
Average equity to average assets     9.59 %     9.61 %     9.85 %     8.68 %     8.38 %
                                         
Capital Ratios:                                        
Total capital to risk weighted assets     11.0 %     12.4 %     12.2 %     11.0 %     13.2 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets     9.9 %     11.2 %     10.9 %     9.8 %     12.0 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets     8.9 %     8.7 %     9.4 %     7.7 %     8.2 %
                                         

 

29
 

 

    Fiscal Year ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Asset Quality Ratios:                                        
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans     1.65 %     1.70 %     2.26 %     3.25 %     1.45 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans     133.26 %     64.61 %     71.41 %     96.91 %     100.90 %
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans during the period     (0.69 )%     (1.05 )%     (1.35 )%     (1.85 )%     (1.12 )%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans     1.23 %     2.64 %     3.17 %     3.36 %     1.44 %
Non-performing loans as percentage of total assets     0.69 %     1.50 %     1.90 %     2.06 %     0.84 %
Total non-performing assets and troubled debt restructuring as a percentage of total assets     1.84 %     2.47 %     3.43 %     2.52 %     1.00 %
                                         
Shares and Per Share Data:                                        
Average common shares outstanding:                                        
Basic     1,912,910       1,906,289       1,898,919       1,892,082       1,878,466  
Diluted     1,912,910       1,906,289       1,898,919       1,892,082       1,886,466  
Per share:                                        
Basic earnings available to common shareholders     2.93       1.67       2.61       (1.12 )     0.84  
Diluted earnings available to common shareholders     2.93       1.67       2.61       (1.12 )     0.84  
Dividends – common stock     0.25                          
Dividend payout ratio ( 4 )     8.53 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
                                         
Other:                                        
Number of offices     1       1       1       2       2  

  

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interestbearing liabilities.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(4) Dividends per share divided by diluted earnings per share.

 

30
 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated and condensed financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this report. This discussion and analysis includes certain forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report.

 

Overview

 

The primary drivers of our performance since January 1, 2011, have been:

 

our ability to capitalize on the demand for residential mortgage refinancing due to the ongoing low-rate environment and our scalable, efficient process;

 

our deployment of excess cash into higher-yielding assets; and

 

our ability to maintain high credit quality despite the ongoing difficulties affecting many other banks.

 

During 2011 and 2012, we reported collective net income of $8.8 million. During the same period, total assets increased by $132.5 million, or 26.3%. We increased net loans in this period by $52.8 million, or 17.6%, from December 31, 2010. Net interest income totaled $29.9 million in 2011 and 2012. During the same period, our net interest spread on an annualized basis has been relatively steady at 2.57% and 2.49% for 2011 and 2012, respectively. Securities available for sale increased by $19.8 million, or 14.4%. Our regulatory capital ratios have remained well above all required minimums. Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans declined from 3.17% in 2010 to 2.64% and 1.23% in 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

Due to our sustained record of performance, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable December 28, 2012, to holders of our common stock on December 10, 2012.

 

Results of Operations

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 vs. Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Interest income from loans for 2012 increased by $551,000, or 2.9%, compared to 2011 primarily due to an increase of $43.5 million in average loans outstanding .

 

Interest expense from deposits for 2012 decreased by $1.1 million, or 13.2%, compared to 2011 primarily due to the low rate environment. Despite an increase of $62.9 million in the average balance of interest bearing deposits, the average cost of funds decreased by 0.46% .

 

Provision for loan losses increased by $412,000, or 16.9%, from 2011 to 2012 as a result of management’s ongoing evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses which includes an analysis of the overall size and composition of the portfolio as well as a review of all loans for which full collectability may not be reasonably assured which considers, among other matters, the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, loan loss experience and other factors that are particularly susceptible to changes that could result in a material change to the borrower’s ability to pay the loan upon maturity. Provision expense improvements in 2012 occurred due to reduced delinquencies and charge-off activity which offset the impact of the growth within loans on the balance sheet.

 

Gain on loans sold during 2012 increased by $7.0 million, or 188.5%, compared to 2011, primarily due to increased loan origination for refinancing within the residential mortgage department. The ongoing low rate environment has made refinancing existing mortgages an attractive option for consumers.

 

31
 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges in our securities portfolio decreased by $374,000, or 59.7%, compared to 2011. Management’s evaluation of the securities portfolio in 2012 indicated OTTI losses on three securities. The amortized cost remaining on securities with OTTI losses totaled $2.0 million as of December 31, 2012.

 

Loss on asset disposals decreased by $959,000, or 91.2%, in 2012, primarily as the result of the write off in the fourth quarter of 2011 of $368,000 representing the full value of our investment in an Indiana financial institution which disclosed that it may be unable to continue as a going concern. The Bank also wrote down a commercial property held as Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) by $288,000 in the fourth quarter of 2011. In addition, the Bank recognized a $189,000 gain on liquidation of a commercial property in OREO in the third quarter of 2012.

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased $3.2 million, or 60.6%, reflecting the addition of 23 full time employees during 2012 compared to 2011. We added staff within the residential mortgage and C&I departments to address increased origination volumes. In addition, the Bank recognized an additional $1.1 million of expense in 2012 related to performance bonuses.

 

Marketing, advertising and promotion expenses increased by $426,000, or 45.5%, as the result of the increased usage of third party lead sources to attract potential borrowers to our mortgage website. We acquire mortgage leads from third party sources to drive loan applications.

 

Consulting and professional fees increased by $645,000, or 83.0%, to accommodate increased legal fees of approximately $497,000 during 2012 incurred through the normal course of operations such as credit collection efforts and public company filing activities.

 

Loan expenses increased by $571,000, or 108.6%, due primarily to $285,000 of expenses related to a non performing commercial real estate credit which was moved to OREO in October 2012. In addition, expenses related to loan underwriting activities increased $261,000 as a result of the increase in the level of mortgage originations.

 

Premises and equipment expenses increased by $294,000, or 19.9%, due primarily to $191,000 of expenses related to a non performing commercial real estate credit which was moved to OREO in October 2012.

 

Deposit insurance premiums decreased by $272,000, or 37.4%, due to a 0.015% decrease in the Bank’s FDIC assessment rates.

 

Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Earnings

 

For the periods presented, the following table provides the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, and the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes. Balances are based on the average of daily balances. Non-accrual loans are included in average loan balances.

 

32
 

 

Average Balance Sheets
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost  
Assets:                                                                        
Interest-earning assets:                                                                        
Loans   $ 390,058     $ 19,303       4.95 %   $ 346,589     $ 18,752       5.41 %   $ 309,655     $ 19,868       6.42 %
Investment securities     172,887       4,645       2.69 %     145,823       5,045       3.46 %     133,943       5,294       3.95 %
FHLB stock     2,943       100       3.40 %     3,080       83       2.69 %     3,592       68       1.89 %
Other interest-earning assets     27,363       69       0.25 %     25,383       64       0.25 %     27,447       66       0.24 %
Total interest-earning assets     593,251       24,117               520,875       23,944               474,637       25,296          
                                                                         
Noninterest-earning assets     21,289                       19,938                       17,896                  
Total assets   $ 614,540                     $ 540,813                     $ 492,533                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and equity:                                                                        
Interest-bearing liabilities                                                                        
Regular savings accounts   $ 9,999     $ 58       0.58 %   $ 7,417     $ 48       0.65 %   $ 6,760     $ 50       0.74 %
Interest-bearing demand deposits     62,154       351       0.56 %     55,708       386       0.69 %     50,963       403       0.79 %
Money market accounts     187,029       1,448       0.77 %     151,134       1,444       0.96 %     125,223       1,408       1.12 %
Certificates and brokered deposits     238,575       5,315       2.23 %     220,601       6,388       2.90 %     212,553       7,393       3.48 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     497,757       7,172               434,860       8,266               395,499       9,254          
                                                                         
FHLB advances     40,625       1,360       3.35 %     38,539       1,355       3.52 %     36,427       1,531       4.20 %
Other borrowings                 0.00 %     20             0.51 %                 0.00 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     538,382       8,532               473,419       9,621               431,926       10,785          
                                                                         
Noninterest-bearing liabilities     13,939                       8,218                       7,069                  
Other non-interest bearing liabilities     3,285                       6,863                       4,502                  
Total liabilities     555,606                       488,500                       443,497                  
                                                                         
Stockholders’ equity     58,934                       52,313                       49,036                  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 614,540                     $ 540,813                     $ 492,533                  
                                                                         
Net interest income           $ 15,585                     $ 14,323                     $ 14,511          
                                                                         
Interest rate spread                     2.49 %                     2.57 %                     2.83 %
Net interest margin                     2.63 %                     2.75 %                     3.06 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities                     110.19 %                     110.02 %                     109.89 %

 

33
 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

(dollars in thousands)

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in our interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to the allocation.

 

    Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income
Fiscal Years ended December 31,
 
    2012 vs. 2011
Due to Changes in
    2011 vs. 2010
Due to Changes in
    2010 vs. 2009
Due to Changes in
 
    Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
Interest income                                                                        
Loans receivable   $ 2,233     $ (1,683 )   $ 550     $ 2,209     $ (3,325 )   $ (1,116 )   $ (1,234 )   $ (331 )   $ (1,565 )
Investment securities     776       (1,176 )     (400 )     416       (665 )     (249 )     (957 )     (784 )     (1,741 )
FHLB stock     (4 )     22       18       (11 )     26       15       (1 )     (10 )     (11 )
Other interest-earning assets     5             5       (5 )     3       (2 )     5       1       6  
Total     3,010       (2,837 )     173       2,609       (3,961 )     (1,352 )     (2,187 )     (1,124 )     (3,311 )
                                                                         
Interest expense                                                                        
Deposits     852       (1,946 )     (1,094 )     578       (1,566 )     (988 )     (1,740 )     (1,782 )     (3,522 )
FHLB advances     71       (66 )     5       85       (261 )     (176 )     (557 )     5       (552 )
Total     923       (2,012 )     (1,089 )     663       (1,827 )     (1,164 )     (2,297 )     (1,777 )     (4,074 )
                                                                         
Increase (decrease) in net interest income   $ 2,087     $ (825 )   $ 1,262     $ 1,946     $ (2,134 )   $ (188 )   $ 110     $ 653     $ 763  

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s primary source of funds is dividends from the Bank, the declaration of which is subject to regulatory limits. Historically, the Company has not had significant demands for the use of its cash. However, we declared a special dividend of $0.25 per share of common stock in the fourth quarter of 2012. At December 31, 2012, the Company, on an unconsolidated basis, had $782,000 in cash generally available for its cash needs.

 

On March 18, 2013, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2013 of $0.06 per share payable April 15, 2013 to shareholders on April 1, 2013. We expect to continue to pay dividends on a quarterly basis; however, the declaration and amount of future dividends will be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of our financial condition, earnings, regulatory constraints and other factors.

 

At December 31, 2012, we had $189.2 million in cash and investment securities available for sale and $63.2 million in loans held for sale that were generally available for our cash needs. At December 31, 2012, we had the ability to borrow an additional $23.1 million in FHLB advances and correspondent bank fed funds line of credit draws.

 

At December 31, 2012, approved outstanding loan commitments, including unused lines of credit, amounted to $33.6 million. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year or less at December 31, 2012, totaled $78.9 million; however, due to our competitive rates, we believe that a majority of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank.

 

Bank-owned life insurance increased 41.4% from the end of 2011 as a result of a $3.0 million purchase completed in the first quarter of 2012.

 

OREO which is included in other assets increased by 142.6% during 2012, primarily as the result of the transition of a single commercial real estate loan into OREO during the fourth quarter of 2012 representing $2.6 million. The balance of OREO as of December 31, 2012 was $3.7 million.

 

34
 

 

Other assets, excluding OREO, decreased by 10.0% since the end of 2011 reflecting a decrease in deferred tax assets due to continued positive earnings and increases in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale impacting mark-to-market adjustments within deferred taxes.

 

Total deposits increased 9.0% from the end of 2011. Due to recent economic conditions, consumers have maintained higher cash balances in bank deposit accounts such as money market savings and short term time deposits.

 

Total shareholders’ equity increased $5.9 million during 2012, as a result of net income of $5.6 million and an increase of $598,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income due to increased unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities.

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company and the Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital minimum requirements, and the Bank was considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulations. We believe our capital resources are sufficient to meet our current and expected needs, including any cash dividends we may pay; however, if we continue to experience significant growth, we may require additional capital resources. Although we have limited experience in raising additional capital, we believe the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market will improve our ability to access capital markets when necessary by enhancing the marketability of our common stock.

 

Investing Activities

 

Investment Securities Portfolio

 

In managing our investment securities portfolio we focus on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income. Purchases during 2012 focused primarily on mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises.

 

The following table summarizes the book value and approximate fair value and distribution of our investment securities as of the dates indicated.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    Amortized
Cost
    Approximate
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Approximate
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Approximate
Fair Value
 
Securities available for sale:                                                
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $ 18,666     $ 19,618     $ 24,685     $ 25,502     $ 43,444     $ 43,393  
U.S. government treasuries                             2,369       2,332  
Municipals     39,999       42,540       40,849       42,761       42,463       40,764  
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities – government-sponsored enterprises     75,782       77,489       67,354       69,790       37,850       39,981  
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities – private labeled     2,696       2,453       5,850       5,445       9,720       9,000  
Other securities     16,753       14,593       8,648       5,772       4,279       1,466  
Total securities available for sale   $ 153,896     $ 156,693     $ 147,386     $ 149,270     $ 140,125     $ 136,936  

 

35
 

 

Our trust preferred securities consist of the two securities identified in the following table, which contains information regarding these securities as of December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands):

 

Deal name     I-PreTSL I       ALESCO IV  
Class     B-2 Notes       B-2 Notes  
Book value   $ 2,000     $ 1,036  
Fair value   $ 812     $ 28  
Unrealized loss   $ (1,188 )   $ (1,008 )
Other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings   $ -     $ 964  
                 
Lowest credit rating assigned     CCC-       C  
Number of performing institutions     14       31  
Number of issuers in default     0       1  
Number of issuers in deferral     2       7  
                 
Original collateral   $ 351,000     $ 400,000  
Actual defaults & deferrals as a % of original collateral     4.27 %     12.13 %
Remaining collateral   $ 188,500     $ 258,397  
Actual defaults & deferrals as a % of remaining collateral     7.96 %     18.77 %
Expected defaults & deferrals as a % of remaining collateral     21.17 %     14.00 %
Performing collateral   $ 173,500     $ 209,897  
                 
Current balance of class   $ 33,200     $ 55,550  
Subordination   $ 16,000     $ 0  
Excess subordination   $ 27,200     $ (111,276 )
Excess subordination as a % of performing collateral     15.7 %     -53.0 %
                 
Cash Flow Analysis Assumptions:                
Discount margin ( 1 )     7.00 %     14.25 %
Cumulative Default % Range     4.9%  -  100%       2.2%  -  100%  
 (Weighted Average)     (29.1 )%     (16.5 )%
Loss Given Default % Range     85%  -  85%       90%  -  100%  
 (Weighted Average)     (85 )%     (90.1 )%
Cumulative Prepayment % Range             0%  -  100%  
 (Weighted Average)     n/a       (15.6 )%

 

 

 ( 1 ) The discount rate for floating rate bonds is a compound interest formula based on the LIBOR forward curve for each payment date

 

These two securities are Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) that are backed by pools of debt securities issued by financial institutions. The collateral of the ALESCO CDO consists of trust-preferred securities (“TruPS”) and subordinated debt securities issued by banks and bank holding companies. The collateral of the PreTSL CDO consists of TruPS and subordinated debt securities of insurance companies. Performing collateral is the amount of remaining collateral less the balances of collateral in deferral or default. Subordination is the amount of performing collateral in excess of the current balance of a specified class of notes and all classes senior to the specified class.  Excess subordination is the amount that the performing collateral balance exceeds the outstanding bonds in the current class, plus all senior classes. It is a static measure of credit enhancement, but does not incorporate all of the structural elements of the security deal. This amount can also be impacted by future defaults and deferrals, deferring balances that cure or redemptions of securities by issuers. A negative excess subordination indicates that the current performing collateral of the security would be insufficient to pay the current principal balance of the class notes after all of the senior classes notes were paid.

 

However, the performing collateral balance excludes the collateral of issuers currently deferring their interest payments. Because these issuers are expected to resume payment in the future (within five years of the first deferred interest period), a negative excess subordination does not necessarily mean a class note holder in the CDO will not receive a greater than projected or even full payment of cash flow at maturity.

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011 the Company was receiving “payment in kind” (“PIK”), in lieu of cash interest on the ALESCO trust preferred securities investment. The Company’s use of “PIK” does not indicate that additional securities have been issued in satisfaction of any outstanding obligation; rather, it indicates that a coverage test of a class or tranche directly senior to the class in question has failed and interest received on the PIK note is being capitalized, which means the principal balance is being increased. Once the coverage test is met, the capitalized interest will be paid in cash and current cash interest payments will resume.

 

36
 

 

The Company’s CDOs both allow, under the terms of the issue, for issuers to defer interest for up to five consecutive years. After five years, if not cured, the securities are considered to be in default and the trustee may demand payment in full of principal and accrued interest. Issuers of the securities in the collateral pool are also considered to be in default in the event of the failure of the issuer or a subsidiary. The structuring of these CDOs provides for a waterfall approach to absorbing losses whereby lower classes or tranches are initially impacted and more senior tranches are only impacted after lower tranches can no longer absorb losses. Likewise, the waterfall approach also applies to principal and interest payments received, as senior tranches have priority over lower tranches in the receipt of payments. Both deferred and defaulted issuers are considered non- performing, and the trustee calculates, on a quarterly or semi-annual basis, certain coverage tests prior to the payment of cash interest to owners of the various tranches of the securities. The coverage tests are compared to an over-collateralization target that states the balance of performing collateral as a percentage of the tranche balance plus the balance of all senior tranches. The tests must show that performing collateral is sufficient to meet requirements for the senior tranches, both in terms of cash flow and collateral value, before cash interest can be paid to subordinate tranches. As a result of the cash flow waterfall provisions within the structure of these securities, when a senior tranche fails its coverage test, all of the cash flows that would have been paid to lower tranches are paid to the senior tranche and recorded as a reduction of the senior tranches’ principal. This principal reduction in the senior tranche continues until the coverage test of the senior tranche is passed or the principal of the tranche is paid in full. For so long as the cash flows are being diverted to the senior tranches, the amount of interest due and payable to the subordinate tranches is capitalized and recorded as an increase in the principal value of the tranche. The Company’s CDO investments are in the mezzanine tranches or classes which are subordinate to one of more senior tranches of their respective issues. The Company is receiving PIK for the ALESCO CDO due to failure of the required senior tranche coverage tests described. This security is currently projected to remain in full or partial PIK status for a period of three years.

 

The impact of payment of PIK to subordinate tranches is to strengthen the position of the senior tranches by reducing the senior tranches’ principal balances relative to available collateral and cash flow.  The impact to the subordinate tranches is to increase principal balances, decrease cash flow, and increase credit risk to the tranches receiving the PIK. The risk to holders of a security of a tranche in PIK status is that the total cash flow will not be sufficient to repay all principal and capitalized interest related to the investment.

 

During the third quarter of 2009, after analysis of the expected future cash flows and the timing of resumed interest payments, the Company determined that placing the ALESCO CDO on non-accrual status was the most prudent course of action. The Company stopped all accrual of interest and never capitalized any PIK interest payments to the principal balance of the security.  The Company intends to keep this security on non-accrual status until the scheduled interest payments resume on a regular basis and any previously recorded PIK has been paid. The PIK status of this security, among other factors, indicates potential OTTI and accordingly, the Company utilized an independent third party for the valuation of the CDOs as of December 31, 2012. Based on this valuation and the Company’s review of the assumptions and methodologies used, the Company believes the amortized costs recorded for its CDO investments accurately reflects the position of these securities at December 31, 2012.

 

Within the valuation performed, the default and recovery probabilities for each piece of collateral were formed based on the evaluation of the collateral credit and a review of historical industry default data and current/near-term operating conditions. For collateral that has already defaulted, the Company assumed no recovery. For collateral that was in deferral, the Company assumed a recovery of 10% of par for banks, thrifts or other depository institutions, and 15% of par for insurance companies. Although the Company conservatively assumed that the majority of the deferring collateral continues to defer and eventually defaults, also recognizes there is a possibility that some deferring collateral may become current at some point in the future.

 

TruPS CDOs are typically subject to five-year (in rare instances ten-year) no call provisions.  At the expiration of these lockout periods, they are typically freely callable at par.  As most of TruPS within CDOs were issued before 2008, most securities are now freely callable at par.  Although less common, some issuances are callable before the end of a lock out period at a premium (levels varying from issuer to issuer and typically depending on how close to the end of the no call period).  Additionally, there exists a provision in most trust preferred indentures that allow for the securities to become callable at par (even during the lockout period) if there is an adverse capital treatment event.

 

37
 

 

Prepayment assumptions are predicated on the terms and pricing of TruPS relative to prevailing current market conditions, as well as regulatory and legislative developments that may affect issuers’ decision to prepay. There were no significant changes made within the prepayment assumptions during 2012. Most TruPS have a five-year call option – meaning that, on the fifth anniversary of issuance, the issuer has the right to redeem the security at par. Additionally, most trust preferred security indentures include language that permits an issuer to call the security if an adverse capital treatment event occurs. These provisions allow issuers to redeem their TruPS at virtually any time if a legislative or regulatory development changes the TruPS’ status as a component of Tier 1 capital. The passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in July 2010, constituted such an event for certain bank holding companies. Specifically, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or more can no longer treat as Tier 1 Capital any hybrid capital instruments (such as TruPS) issued on or after May 19, 2010. Furthermore, the ability of these institutions to continue to treat as Tier 1 Capital any hybrid capital instruments, including TruPS, issued before May 19, 2010, will be phased out incrementally over a period of three years, beginning January 1, 2013. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we believe that the terms and pricing of TruPS issued by banks and insurance companies were so aggressive that it is unlikely that financing on such attractive terms will become available in the foreseeable future. Additionally, the favorable capital treatment of these securities (i.e. status as Tier 1 capital) makes them a particularly attractive debt instrument. Simply put, refinancing does not make sense from either an economic or regulatory capital standpoint. Therefore, we assume that the bulk of the TruPS collateral does not prepay over the life of the CDO. However, in light of legislative developments, we have instituted a 40% prepayment assumption rate for those banks with assets greater than $15 billion for two years corresponding to the start of the phase-out period for Tier 1 capital treatment – and, subsequently, an annual prepayment rate assumption of 2%. The 40% prepayment rate was the result of a detailed analysis of the terms of those TruPS issued by banks with assets in excess of $15 Billion. Specifically, we looked to the contractual interest rate of these instruments (i.e. fixed rate or spread over LIBOR) and compared them to current debt market rates of the issuing institutions. The bulk of the TruPS within the CDOs were issued at rates inside of current market debt yield (thus making refinancing prohibitively expensive). For issuers that have made a public announcement of intent to redeem their outstanding TruPS, we assume an immediate prepayment. Additionally, we assume immediate prepayment for TruPS issued by banks with greater than $15 billion in assets and a fixed coupon of 7% or greater. The bulk of the issuances with coupons greater than 7% were issued at rates wider than current market debt yield (thus making refinancing certain). Similarly, for those TruPS issued by banks with assets between $2 billion and $15 billion and coupons greater than 7%, we assume a constant annual prepayment rate of 5%. This rate is meant to reflect the possibility that some mid-size banks with limited access to the capital markets may choose to refinance the relatively high cost debt despite the remaining positive capital treatment of their TruPS.

 

At present there is no prepayment rate being applied to insurance collateral.  This is due to the de minimus rate of prepayment observed for insurance collateral.  As stated above, the impact of a prepayment would be positive for insurance only CDOs.  Additionally, unlike large banks which experienced a “taking away” of preferential capital treatment, insurance companies were never subject to such an adverse event and thus have no new incentive to prepay. There would be no increase in credit loss when adding a 1% prepayment assumption.  However, there would be an increase in fair value of approximately one point.

 

For CDOs with only bank collateral, such as the ALESCO CDO, generally senior tranches experience increased value and no credit loss effect with increased prepayment assumptions, while mezzanine tranches typically experience increased credit loss when collateral prepayment assumptions are increased.  Typically redemptions are completed by issuers with stronger credit and/or higher coupon paper (as higher coupon paper has a higher probability of redemption due to refinancing options).  Issuers with stronger credit are more likely to continue making interest payments (less likely to default) and higher coupon paper accounts for higher interest proceeds available to pay tranches in the CDO.  The mezzanine tranches benefit from these heightened interest proceeds over time and prepayments compromise the likelihood of those payments.

 

For CDOs with only insurance collateral, such as the PreTSL CDO, given the significant amounts of subordination and excellent asset coverage (due to the absence of material credit events), prepayments would have a positive effect on fair value for nearly all tranches and is unlikely to cause impairment. There would be no increase in credit loss when adding a 1% prepayment assumption.  However, there would be an increase in fair value of approximately one and a half points.

 

38
 

 

Investment Maturities

 

The total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months is comprised of municipal, mortgage-backed and other securities. Our management periodically evaluates each security available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. The unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes and we have the ability and intent to hold all investment securities with identified impairments resulting from interest rate changes to the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security. As of December 31, 2012, we did not have any investment securities that constituted 10% or more of the stockholders’ equity of any third party issuer.

 

The following table summarizes the maturity schedule of our investment securities at their amortized cost and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2012.

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

    1 year or Less     More than 1 year 
to 5 years
    More than 5 years 
to 10 years
    More than 10 years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Securities available for sale:                                                                                
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $       0.00 %   $ 1,102       3.69 %   $ 3,289       5.39 %   $ 14,275       4.45 %   $ 18,666       4.57 %
Municipals     1,305       2.35 %     3,168       3.42 %     9,619       3.41 %     25,907       3.73 %     39,999       3.58 %
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities – government-sponsored enterprises           0.00 %     229       6.00 %     6,150       4.28 %     69,403       5.12 %     75,782       5.06 %
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities – private labeled           0.00 %     193       5.25 %     611       4.58 %     1,892       1.89 %     2,696       2.74 %
Other securities     1,500       2.17 %     12,217       3.74 %           0.00 %     3,036       1.59 %     16,753       3.21 %
Total securities available for sale   $ 2,805             $ 16,909             $ 19,669             $ 114,513             $ 153,896          

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. We believe the allowance for loan losses is the critical accounting policy that requires the most significant judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. An estimate of potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio are determined and an allowance for those losses is established by considering factors including historical loss rates, expected cash flows and estimated collateral values. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s best estimate of losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to expense and reduced by loans charged off, net of recoveries. Management evaluates the allowance for loan losses quarterly. If the underlying assumptions later prove to be inaccurate based on subsequent loss evaluations, the allowance for loan losses is adjusted.

 

Management estimates the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses by separately evaluating impaired and non-impaired loans. A specific allowance is assigned to an impaired loan when expected cash flows or collateral do not justify the carrying amount of the loan. The methodology used to assign an allowance to a non-impaired loan is more subjective. Generally, the allowance assigned to non-impaired loans is determined by applying historical loss rates to existing loans with similar risk characteristics, adjusted for qualitative factors including changes in economic conditions, changes in underwriting standards, and changes in the level of credit risk associated with specific industries and markets. Because the economic and business climate in any given industry or market, and its impact on any given borrower, can change rapidly, the risk profile of the loan portfolio is periodically assessed and adjusted when appropriate. Notwithstanding these procedures, there still exists the possibility that the assessment could prove to be significantly incorrect and that an immediate adjustment to the allowance for loan losses would be required.

 

39
 

 

Investment in Debt and Equity Securities. We classify investments in debt and equity securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 320, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Securities classified as held-to-maturity would be recorded at cost or amortized cost. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. Fair value calculations are based on quoted market prices when such prices are available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimates of fair value are computed using a variety of pricing sources, including Reuters/EJV, Interactive Data and Standard & Poors. Due to the subjective nature of the valuation process, it is possible that the actual fair values of these investments could differ from the estimated amounts, thereby affecting our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If the estimated value of investments is less than the cost or amortized cost, management evaluates whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. If such an event or change has occurred and management determines that the impairment is other-than-temporary, a further determination is made as to the portion of impairment that is related to credit loss. The impairment of the investment that is related to the credit loss is expensed in the period in which the event or change occurred. The remainder of the impairment is recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

Other Real Estate Owned. OREO acquired through loan foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. The adjustment at the time of foreclosure is recorded through the allowance for loan losses. Due to the subjective nature of establishing the fair value when the asset is acquired, the actual fair value of the OREO or foreclosed asset could differ from the original estimate. If it is determined that fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation adjustment is recorded through non-interest expense. Operating costs associated with the assets after acquisition are also recorded as non-interest expense. Gains and losses on the disposition of OREO and foreclosed assets are netted and posted through non-interest income.

 

Impairment of Goodwill. As a result of the acquisition of Landmark Financial Corporation, goodwill, an intangible asset with an indefinite life, is reflected on the balance sheet. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually, unless there are factors present that indicate a potential impairment, in which case, the goodwill impairment test is performed more frequently than annually.

 

Deferred Income Tax Assets/Liabilities. Our net deferred income tax asset arises from differences in the dates that items of income and expense enter into our reported income and taxable income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for these items as they arise. From an accounting standpoint, deferred tax assets are reviewed to determine if they are realizable based on the historical level of taxable income, estimates of future taxable income and the reversals of deferred tax liabilities. In most cases, the realization of the deferred tax asset is based on future profitability. If we were to experience net operating losses for tax purposes in a future period, the realization of deferred tax assets would be evaluated for a potential valuation reserve.

 

Additionally, management reviews our uncertain tax positions annually under ASC Subtopic 740-10, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ” An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount actually recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be recognized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. A significant amount of judgment is applied to determine both whether the tax position meets the “more likely than not” test as well as to determine the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be recognized. Differences between the position taken by management and that of taxing authorities could result in a reduction of a tax benefit or increase to tax liability, which could adversely affect future income tax expense.

 

40
 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-11. The objective of this ASU is to provide enhanced disclosures that will enable users of financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of this ASU. The amendments require enhanced disclosures by requiring improved information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

On July 27, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-02. The amendments in this Update will allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public entity's financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

On August 27, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-03. This Update amends various SEC paragraphs pursuant to SAB 114, SEC Release No. 33-9250, and ASU 2010-22, which amend or rescind portions of certain SAB Topics. These amendments are presented in two sections – Amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification® and Amendments to the XBRL Taxonomy. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

On October 1, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-04. The amendments in this Update make technical corrections, clarifications, and limited-scope improvements to various topics throughout the codification. These amendments are presented in two sections—Technical Corrections and Improvements and Conforming Amendments Related to Fair Value Measurements. The amendments in this Update that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance for both public entities and nonpublic entities. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU for the period ended December 31, 2012, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02 to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes gains and losses that are initially excluded from net income for an accounting period. Those gains and losses are later reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. The amendments in the Update do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. All of the information required within this Update is already required to be disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements under United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). The new amendments will require an organization to:

 

· Present (either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes) the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income–but only if the item reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.

 

41
 

 

· Cross-reference to other disclosures currently required under GAAP for other reclassification items (that are not required under GAAP) to be reclassified directly to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period. This would be the case when a portion of the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income is initially transferred to a balance sheet account instead of directly to income or expense.

 

The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and the ASU is not expected to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, which clarifies the scope of transactions that are subject to the disclosures about offsetting. The Update clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. Specifically, Update 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in FASB Accounting Standards Codification® or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Issued in December 2011, Update 2011-11 was the result of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board. Its objective was to improve transparency and comparability between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards by requiring enhanced disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset on the statement of financial position or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The FASB undertook this clarification project in response to concerns expressed by U.S. stakeholders about the standard’s broad definition of financial instruments. After the standard was finalized, companies realized that many contracts have standard commercial provisions that would equate to a master netting arrangement, significantly increasing the cost of compliance at minimal value to financial statement users.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The financial statements and notes thereto required pursuant to this Item begin on page F-1 of this report.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in SEC rules and forms. These controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures, we have recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Management is required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures.

 

We performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, to assess the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012.

 

42
 

 

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

This annual report does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

On March 28, 2013, we entered into a new employment agreement with David Becker. This information is being reported in compliance with item 5.02(e) of the Current Report on Form 8-K. The new agreement replaces the employment agreement that had been last amended January 1, 2007.

 

The new agreement provides for an annual base salary and an annual bonus, if any, as determined form time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The annual bonus is to be determined with reference to the achievement of annual performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee for Mr. Becker and other senior officers. The new agreement also provides that Mr. Becker may be awarded additional compensation, benefits or consideration as the Compensation Committee may determine. The initial term of the new agreement expires on December 31, 2013, and will be automatically extended for successive one year terms unless we or Mr. Becker provide notice otherwise at least ninety (90) days before the expiration of the then existing term.

 

The new agreement provides that if Mr. Becker's employment is terminated by us for cause, or by him without good reason, he will be paid the amounts then due for his services through the date of termination. If the executive's employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason he will be paid, in twelve equal monthly payments beginning the month following termination, an amount equal to two times his then-annual base salary plus two times the amount of the annual bonus he was paid for the calendar year preceding the termination. If Mr. Becker's employment is terminated due to his death or disability he or his estate, as the case may be, will be paid within thirty days, an amount equal to 120% of the annual bonus he was paid for the calendar year preceding the termination. If his employment terminates or is not renewed or if he resigns for any reason with twelve months following a change in control of us, he will be paid, in twelve equal monthly payments beginning the month following the end of his employment, an amount equal to three times his then-current base salary plus two times the amount of the annual bonus he was paid for the calendar year preceding the termination; provided, however, the total payments will be limited to the maximum amount that could be paid to him without imposing excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code. If the executive's employment is terminated for any reason outlined in this paragraph then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards, including equity awards will lapse and become 100% vested.

 

In addition to other customary terms, the new agreement requires Mr. Becker to maintain confidentiality of trade secrets and other confidential information and entitles him to indemnification, subject to certain customary exceptions, by us against claims against him arising in connection with the performance of his duties. In addition, the new agreement provides that Mr. Becker will not work for or own any enterprise in competition with us in the United States for two years from the date of termination or expiration of his employment. Mr. Becker also agrees not to solicit any of our employees to work in a competing enterprise or interfere with any of our business relationships for the same period.

 

The new employment agreement is being filed as an exhibit to this report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

43
 

 

PART III

 

Certain information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2013 (the “Proxy Statement”), which we intend to file with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after December 31, 2012. Except for those portions specifically incorporated in this report by reference to our Proxy Statement, no other portions of the Proxy Statement are deemed to be filed as part of this report.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Directors

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information set forth under the caption “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Executive Officers

 

Information regarding our executive officers is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors and officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code is publicly available through the Investor Relations section of our website at www.firstinternetbancorp.com. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the rules of the SEC or NASDAQ listing standards, we intend to post on our website any amendment to the code of business conduct and ethics, or any grant of a waiver from a provision of the code of business conduct and ethics, that requires disclosure under applicable law, the rules of the SEC or NASDAQ listing standards.

 

Audit Committee

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information relating to our audit committee set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information relating to reports filed under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information relating to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the board of directors set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information in the Proxy Statement regarding the compensation of our named executive officers appearing under the heading “Executive Compensation,” the information regarding compensation committee interlocks and insider participation under the heading “Corporate Governance” and the information regarding compensation of non-employee directors under the heading “Executive Compensation.”

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information in the Proxy Statement appearing under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

 

44
 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information in the Proxy Statement regarding director independence under the heading “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors” and the information regarding related person transactions under the heading “Corporate Governance.”

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Incorporated into this item by reference is the information in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Proposal No. 5 – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

45
 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

 

1. See our financial statements beginning on page F-1.

 

(b) Exhibits:

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all documents incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K by reference to a document filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act are located under SEC file number 1-35750.

 

Exhibit No.   Description
3.1   Articles of Incorporation of First Internet Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Internet Bancorp as amended March 18, 2013
10.1   First Internet Bancorp 2006 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.2   Form of Award Document under 2006 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.3   First Internet Bancorp Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.4   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among First Internet Bank of Indiana, First Internet Bancorp and David B. Becker dated March 28, 2013*
10.5   Employment Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and Laurinda A. Swank dated August 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.6   Change in Control Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and Kay E. Whitaker dated January 14, 2013*
10.7   2012 Senior Management Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.8   2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan*
10.9   Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and certain employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)*
10.10   Contract for Purchase of Property between First Internet Bancorp and LHRET Ascension SV, LLC dated January 30, 2013
10.11   Offer and Contract for Purchase of Real Estate between First Internet Bancorp and St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center, Inc., accepted February 5, 2013
10.12   Loan Agreement dated as of March 6, 2013, by and between First Internet Bancorp and First Internet Bank of Indiana (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 11, 2013)
10.13   Lease dated as of March 6, 2013, by and between First Internet Bancorp and First Internet Bank of Indiana (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 11, 2013)
21.1   List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to registration statement on Form 10 filed November 30, 2012)
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32.1   Section 1350 Certifications

 

 

* Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.

  

46
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 28, 2013.

 

    FIRST INTERNET BANCORP
     
  By  /s/ David B. Becker
   

David B. Becker,

Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 28, 2013.

 

     
 /s/ David B. Becker    /s/ Kay E. Whitaker

David B. Becker,

Chief Executive Officer, President,
Chairman and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Kay E. Whitaker,

Senior Vice President-Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer)

     
     /s/ Laurinda A. Swank
    Laurinda A. Swank
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
     
/s/ John K. Keach Jr.   /s/ David R. Lovejoy
John K. Keach Jr., Director   David R. Lovejoy, Director
     
/s/ Ann S. Murtlow   /s/ Ralph R. Whitney
Ann S. Murtlow, Director   Ralph R. Whitney, Director
     
/s/ Jerry Williams   /s/ Jean L. Wojtowicz
Jerry Williams, Director   Jean L. Wojtowicz, Director

  

47
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Financial Statements  
   
Balance Sheets F-3
   
Statements of Income F-4
   
Statements of Comprehensive Income F-5
   
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity F-6
   
Statements of Cash Flows F-7
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-8

 

F- 1
 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Shareholders

First Internet Bancorp

Indianapolis, Indiana

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Internet Bancorp as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Internet Bancorp as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ BKD, LLP

 

Indianapolis, Indiana

March 28, 2013

 

F- 2
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

    2012     2011  
                 
Assets                
                 
Cash and due from banks   $ 2,881     $ 1,582  
Interest-bearing demand deposits     29,632       33,196  
Total cash and cash equivalents     32,513       34,778  
Securities available for sale - at fair value (amortized cost of $153,896 in 2012 and $147,386 in 2011     156,693       149,270  
Loans held for sale     63,234       45,091  
Loans receivable - net of allowance for loan losses of $5,833 and $5,656 at December 31, 2012 and 2011     352,328       329,570  
Accrued interest receivable     2,196       2,129  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis stock     2,943       2,943  
Bank-owned life insurance - at cash surrender value     11,539       8,161  
Goodwill     4,687       4,687  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     10,234       8,811  
                 
Total assets   $ 636,367     $ 585,440  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
Liabilities                
Deposits   $ 530,691     $ 486,665  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank     40,686       40,573  
Accrued payroll and related expenses     948       1,153  
Accrued interest payable     120       120  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     2,572       1,506  
Total liabilities     575,017       530,017  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies                
                 
Shareholders’ Equity                
Preferred stock, no par value; 4,913,779 shares authorized; issued and outstanding - none                
Voting common stock, no par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 1,876,782 and 1,871,590  shares issued and outstanding     41,508       41,306  
Nonvoting common stock, no par value; 86,221 shares authorized; issued and outstanding - none            
Retained earnings     18,024       12,897  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (net of income taxes of $979 in 2012 and $664 in 2011)     1,818       1,220  
Total shareholders’ equity     61,350       55,423  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 636,367     $ 585,440  

 

 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F- 3
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

    2012     2011  
Interest Income                
Securities – taxable   $ 3,064     $ 3,436  
Securities – non-taxable     1,681       1,692  
Loans     19,303       18,752  
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments     69       64  
Total interest income     24,117       23,944  
Interest Expense                
Deposits     7,172       8,266  
Other borrowed funds     1,360       1,355  
Total interest expense     8,532       9,621  
Net Interest Income     15,585       14,323  
Provision for Loan Losses     2,852       2,440  
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses     12,733       11,883  
Noninterest Income                
Service charges and fees     942       1,157  
Gain on loans sold     10,647       3,690  
Other-than-temporary impairment                
Total loss related to other than temporarily impaired securities     (1,452 )     (2,036 )
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)     1,200       1,410  
Other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in net income     (252 )     (626 )
Gain on sale of securities     48       84  
Loss on asset disposals     (93 )     (1,052 )
Other     452       306  
Total noninterest income     11,744       3,559  
Noninterest Expense                
Salaries and employee benefits     8,529       5,311  
Marketing, advertising and promotion     1,362       936  
Consulting and professional fees     1,422       777  
Data processing     897       915  
Loan expenses     1,097       526  
Premises and equipment     1,775       1,481  
Deposit insurance premium     455       727  
Other     1,140       810  
Total noninterest expense     16,677       11,483  
Income Before Income Taxes     7,800       3,959  
Income Tax Provision     2,194       773  
Net Income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  
Income Per Share of Common Stock                
Basic   $ 2.93     $ 1.67  
Diluted     2.93       1.67  
Weighted-Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding                
Basic     1,912,910       1,906,289  
Diluted     1,912,910       1,906,289  

 

 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F- 4
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

  

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011  
             
Net income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  
Other comprehensive income                
Net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale     2,161       6,567  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized     (48 )     (84 )
Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale for which an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in income     (1,452 )     (2,036 )
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in income     252       626  
Other comprehensive income before tax     913       5,073  
Income tax provision     315       1,793  
Other comprehensive income - net of tax     598       3,280  
Comprehensive income   $ 6,204     $ 6,466  

 

  See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F- 5
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

          Accumulated              
    Voting and     Other              
    Nonvoting     Comprehensive           Total  
    Common     Income     Retained     Shareholders’  
    Stock     (Loss)     Earnings     Equity  
Balance, January 1, 2011   $ 41,246     $ (2,060 )   $ 9,711     $ 48,897  
Net income                     3,186       3,186  
Comprehensive income             3,280               3,280  
Issuance of directors deferred stock rights     60                       60  
Balance, December 31, 2011     41,306       1,220       12,897       55,423  
Net income                     5,606       5,606  
Comprehensive income             598               598  
Cash dividends paid  ($0.25 per share)                     (479 )     (479 )
Issuance of share-based compensation     107                       107  
Issuance of directors deferred stock rights     95                       95  
Balance, December 31, 2012   $ 41,508     $ 1,818     $ 18,024     $ 61,350  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F- 6
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

  

    2012     2011  
Operating Activities                
Net income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities                
Depreciation     308       251  
Amortization and accretion on securities     2,441       341  
Amortization on FHLB prepayment penalties     113       118  
Loss from disposal of fixed assets     1       64  
Loss (Gain) from real estate owned     (99 )     346  
Loss from impairment of other asset           368  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance     (378 )     (292 )
Provision for loan losses     2,852       2,440  
Deferred income taxes     (191 )     (938 )
Director fees and officer compensation     202       60  
Loss on other-than-temporary impairment of security     252       626  
Gain from sale of available-for-sale securities     (48 )     (84 )
Loans originated for sale     (738,225 )     (373,512 )
Proceeds from sale of loans     730,729       337,119  
Gain on loans sold     (10,647 )     (3,690 )
Changes in assets and liabilities                
Accrued interest receivable     (67 )     (34 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     607       1,287  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     861       919  
Net cash used in operating activities     (5,683 )     (31,425 )
Investing Activities                
Net decrease (increase) in loans     (19,274 )     25,499  
Loans purchased     (9,737 )     (59,660 )
BOLI purchased     (3,000 )      
Proceeds from liquidation of real estate owned     1,345       2,046  
Maturities of securities available for sale     45,625       58,383  
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale     4,223       11,350  
Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock           316  
Purchase of securities available for sale     (59,002 )     (77,877 )
Capital expenditures     (309 )     (233 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (40,129 )     (40,176 )
Financing Activities                
Net increase in deposits     44,026       63,962  
Cash dividends paid     (479 )      
Repayment of FHLB advances           (5,000 )
Proceeds from FHLB advances           15,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities     43,547       73,962  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents     (2,265 )     2,361  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year     34,778       32,417  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year   $ 32,513     $ 34,778  
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flows Information                
Cash paid during the year for interest   $ 8,532     $ 9,627  
Cash paid during the year for taxes     2,253       614  
Loans transferred to real estate owned     3,401       1,696  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F- 7
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accounting policies of First Internet Bancorp (Company) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies follows:

 

Description of Business

 

The Company was incorporated on September 15, 2005, and was approved to consummate a plan of exchange on March 21, 2006, whereas the Company became a single-bank holding company with 100% ownership in First Internet Bank of Indiana (Bank).

 

The Bank was incorporated on October 28, 1998, and was approved to accept FDIC-insured deposits on December 28, 1998. The Bank commenced operations to the public on February 22, 1999. The Bank provides commercial and retail banking, with operations conducted on the World Wide Web (Internet) at www.firstib.com and through its corporate office located in Indianapolis, Indiana. The majority of the Bank’s income is derived from retail lending activities and investments in securities. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Bank is regulated by certain state and federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

 

JKH Realty Services, LLC was established August 20, 2012 as a single member LLC wholly owned by the Bank to manage other real estate owned properties as needed.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates most susceptible to change in the near term include the allowance for loan losses and the fair value of securities available for sale.

  

F- 8
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Securities

 

The Company classifies its securities in one of three categories and accounts for the investments as follows:

 

Ÿ Securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “securities held to maturity” and reported at amortized cost.

 

Ÿ Securities that are acquired and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term with the objective of generating economic profits on short-term differences in market characteristics are classified as “securities held for trading” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

 

Ÿ Securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading securities are classified as “securities available for sale” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, after applicable taxes, excluded from earnings and reported in a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Declines in the value of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered to be other than temporary are recorded as an other-than-temporary impairment of securities available for sale with the unrealized losses recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Interest and dividend income, adjusted by amortization of premium or discount, is included in earnings using the effective interest rate method. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets on the trade date. Gains and losses from security sales or disposals are recognized as of the trade date in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which securities are sold or otherwise disposed of. Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of loan.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Interest income on loans is based on the principal balance outstanding and is recognized as earned on the interest method, except for interest on loans on nonaccrual status, which is recorded as a reduction of loan principal when received.

 

Premiums and discounts are amortized using the effective interest rate method.

 

Loan fees, net of certain direct origination costs, primarily salaries and wages, are deferred and amortized to interest income as a yield adjustment over the life of the loan.

  

F- 9
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Loans

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

 

For loans recorded at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology

 

Company policy is designed to ensure that an adequate allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) will be maintained. Primary responsibility for ensuring that the Company has processes in place to consistently assess the adequacy of the ALLL rests with the Board. The Board has charged the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) with responsibility for establishing the methodology to be used and to assess the adequacy of the ALLL quarterly. Quarterly, the Board will review recommendations from the CFO to adjust the allowance as appropriate.

 

The methodology employed by the CFO for each portfolio segment will, at a minimum, contain the following:

 

1. Loans will be segmented by type of loan.

 

2. The required ALLL for types of performing homogeneous loans which do not have a specific reserve will be determined by applying a factor based on historical losses averaged over the past 12 months. In those instances, where the Company’s historical experience is not available, the CFO will develop factors based on industry experience and best practices.

 

3. All criticized, classified and impaired loans will be tested for impairment by applying one of three methodologies:

 

a. Present value of future cash flows;

 

b. Fair value of collateral less cost to sell; or

 

c. The loan’s observable market price

 

4. All troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) are considered impaired loans.

 

5. Loans tested for impairment will be removed from other pools to prevent layering (double-counting).

 

6. The required ALLL for each group of loans will be added together to determine the total required ALLL for the Company. The required ALLL will be compared to the current ALLL to determine the provision required to increase the ALLL or credit to decrease the ALLL.

  

F- 10
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the prior 12 months. Management believes the historical loss experience methodology is appropriate in the current economic environment, as it captures loss rates that are comparable to the current period being analyzed.

 

We also factor in the following qualitative considerations:

 

1. Changes in policies and procedures;

 

2. Changes in national, regional and local economic and business conditions;

 

3. Changes in the composition and size of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;

 

4. Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

 

5. Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

 

6. Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system;

 

7. Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

 

8. The existence and effect of any concentration of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

 

9. The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

A provision for estimated losses on loans is charged to operations based upon management’s evaluation of the potential losses. Such an evaluation, which includes a review of all loans for which full collectibility may not be reasonably assured considers, among other matters, the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral, as applicable, economic conditions, loan loss experience and other factors that are particularly susceptible to changes that could result in a material adjustment in the near term. While management endeavors to use the best information available in making its evaluations, future allowance adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions change substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

 

ASC Topic 310, Receivables , requires that impaired loans be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rates or the fair value of the underlying collateral and allows existing methods for recognizing interest income.

  

F- 11
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Nonaccrual Loans

 

Any loan which becomes 90 days delinquent or has the full collection of principal and interest in doubt will be considered for nonaccrual status. At the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual, all accrued but unpaid interest will be reversed from interest income. Placing the loan on nonaccrual does not relieve the borrower of the obligation to repay interest. A loan placed on nonaccrual may be restored to accrual status when all delinquent principal and interest has been brought current, and the Company expects full payment of the remaining contractual principal and interest.

 

Impaired Loans

 

A loan is designated as impaired when, based on current information or events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Payments with insignificant delays not exceeding 90 days outstanding are not considered impaired. Certain nonaccrual and substantially all delinquent loans may be considered to be impaired. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 90 days past due and accrued interest is reversed against earnings, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. The accrual of interest on impaired and nonaccrual loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

 

The loan portfolio includes certain loans that have been modified in a TDR, where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from loss mitigation efforts and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructuring and typically are returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally not less than six months.

 

When loans are modified in a TDR, any possible impairment similar to other impaired loans is evaluated based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or use the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs for collateral dependent loans. If it is determined that the value of the modified loan is less than the recorded balance of the loan, impairment is recognized through a specific allowance or charge-off to the allowance. In periods subsequent to modification, all TDRs, including those that have payment defaults, are evaluated for possible impairment, and impairment is recognized through the allowance.

  

F- 12
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

Policy for Charging Off Loans

 

A loan should be charged off at any point in time when it no longer can be considered a bankable asset, meaning collectable within the parameters of policy. A secured loan generally should be charged off to the estimated fair value of the collateral no later than when it is 120 days past due as to principal or interest. An unsecured loan generally should be charged off no later than when it is 180 days past due as to principal or interest. All charge-offs are approved by the Credit Review Committee.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

 

Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB system to hold common stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. This investment is stated at cost, which represents redemption value, and may be pledged as collateral for FHLB advances.

 

Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate owned represents real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and is recorded at its fair value less estimated costs to sell. When property is acquired, it is recorded at its fair value at the date of acquisition, with any resulting write-down charged against the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent deterioration of the property is charged directly to operating expense. Costs relating to the development and improvement of real estate owned are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense as incurred. The Company has $3,666 and $1,512 of real estate owned as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Equipment

 

Equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, which range from three to five years.

  

F- 13
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the basis of such assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws and regulations. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is based upon the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities from period to period, subject to an ongoing assessment of realization of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and Indiana jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

 

ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company did not identify any uncertain tax positions that it believes should be recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share of common stock are based on the weighted-average number of basic shares and dilutive shares outstanding during the year.

 

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted-average common shares for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012     2011  
Basic earnings per share                
Weighted-average common shares     1,912,910       1,906,289  
                 
Diluted earnings per share                
Weighted-average common shares     1,912,910       1,906,289  
Dilutive effect of stock compensation            
Dilutive effect of stock options            
                 
Weighted-average common and incremental shares     1,912,910       1,906,289  
                 
Number of stock options excluded from the calculation of earnings per share as the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock           90,000  

  

F- 14
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

Dividend Restrictions

 

Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 approximately $14,737 and $6,693 was available to be paid as dividends to the Company by the Bank.

 

Stock Compensation

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan using the fair value recognition provisions of ASC Topic 718, Stock Based Compensation . The plan is described more fully in Note 9.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is solely related to unrealized gains and losses on investment securities.

 

Reclassification adjustments have been determined for all components of other comprehensive income or loss reported in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include cash on-hand, noninterest and interest-bearing amounts due from other banks and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions and deposit transactions.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

 

Bank-owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. The Company recognizes tax-free income from the periodic increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and from death benefits.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Subsequent increases in goodwill value are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 15
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Current Economic Conditions

 

The current protracted economic uncertainty continues to present financial institutions with circumstances and challenges which in some cases have resulted in large declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems. Due to national, state and local economic conditions, values for commercial and development real estate have declined significantly, and the market for these properties is slowly recovering. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to the Company. Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses and capital that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators could require material adjustments to asset values or the allowance for loan losses for regulatory capital purposes that could affect the Company’s measurement of regulatory capital and compliance with the capital adequacy guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2011 financial statements to conform to the 2012 financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.

 

Note 2: Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Pursuant to legislation enacted in 2010, the FDIC fully insured all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012, at all FDIC-insured institutions.  This legislation expired on December 31, 2012.  Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are subject to the $250,000 limit on FDIC insurance per covered institution.

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company’s interest-bearing cash accounts did not exceed federally insured limits. Additionally, approximately $1 and $29,629 of cash is held by the FHLB of Indianapolis and Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, respectively, which is not federally insured.

 

The Company is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve required at December 31, 2012 was $94.

 

F- 16
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Note 3: Securities

 

Securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

    2012  
    Amortized     Gross Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (Unaudited)  
Securities available for sale                                
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $ 18,666     $ 953     $ (1 )   $ 19,618  
Municipals     39,999       2,685       (144 )     42,540  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – government-sponsored enterprises     75,782       1,884       (177 )     77,489  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled     2,696       17       (260 )     2,453  
Other securities     16,753       105       (2,265 )     14,593  
Total available for sale   $ 153,896     $ 5,644     $ (2,847 )   $ 156,693  

 

    2011  
    Amortized     Gross Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Securities available for sale                                
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $ 24,685     $ 817     $     $ 25,502  
Municipals     40,849       2,290       (378 )     42,761  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – government-sponsored enterprises     67,354       2,456       (20 )     69,790  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled     5,850       56       (461 )     5,445  
Other securities     8,648       41       (2,917 )     5,772  
Total available for sale   $ 147,386     $ 5,660     $ (3,776 )   $ 149,270  

 

F- 17
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

The carrying value of securities at December 31, 2012 is shown below by their contractual maturity date. Actual maturities will differ because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

    Available for Sale  
    Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value  
Within one year   $ 2,805     $ 2,867  
One to five years     16,487       16,568  
Five to ten years     12,908       13,392  
After ten years     43,218       43,924  
      75,418       76,751  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – government-sponsored enterprises     75,782       77,489  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled     2,696       2,453  
Totals   $ 153,896     $ 156,693  

 

Gross gains of $56 and $98, and gross losses of $8 and $14 resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities were realized for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $41,986 and $20,239, which is approximately 27% and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio. These declines primarily resulted from fluctuations in market interest rates after purchase.

 

F- 18
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Except as discussed below, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary.

 

Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified.

 

The following tables show the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
Securities available for sale:                                                
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $     $     $ 119     $ (1 )   $ 119     $ (1 )
Municipals     470       (4 )     2,618       (140 )     3,088       (144 )
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - government-sponsored enterprises     28,505       (177 )                 28,505       (177 )
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled                 1,504       (260 )     1,504       (260 )
Other securities     5,947       (53 )     2,823       (2,212 )     8,770       (2,265 )
    $ 34,922     $ (234 )   $ 7,064     $ (2,613 )   $ 41,986     $ (2,847 )

 

    2011  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
Securities available for sale:                                                
Municipals   $ 221     $ (2 )   $ 4,687     $ (376 )   $ 4,908     $ (378 )
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - government-sponsored enterprises     8,229       (20 )                 8,229       (20 )
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled                 2,871       (461 )     2,871       (461 )
Other securities     3,761       (239 )     470       (2,678 )     4,231       (2,917 )
    $ 12,211     $ (261 )   $ 8,028     $ (3,515 )   $ 20,239     $ (3,776 )

 

F- 19
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Municipals

 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in municipal securities were caused by interest rate changes. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in mortgage-backed securities were caused by interest rate changes. The Company expects to recover the amortized cost basis over the term of the securities. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

 

Other Securities

 

The Company’s unrealized loss on investments in other securities is primarily made up of two investments. The first investment is a $2,000 par investment in I-PreTSL I B-2 pooled trust security. The unrealized loss was primarily caused by a sector downgrade by several industry analysts. The Company currently expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the investment. The determination of no credit loss was calculated by comparing expected discounted cash flows based on performance indicators of the underlying assets in the security to the carrying value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investment and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, it does not consider the remainder of the investment to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012. The second investment is discussed in the next section.

 

F- 20
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

 

The Company routinely conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate investment securities to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Economic models are used to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred on these securities.

 

An other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized on a $2,000 par investment in ALESCO IV Series B2 pooled trust security. The unrealized loss was primarily caused by (a) a decrease in performance and (b) a sector downgrade by several industry analysts. The Company currently expects ALESCO IV to settle the security at a price less than the contractual amount of the investment (that is, the Company expects to recover less than the entire amortized cost basis of the security). The Company has recognized a loss equal to the credit loss, establishing a new, lower amortized cost basis. The credit loss was calculated by comparing expected discounted cash flows based on performance indicators of the underlying assets in the security to the carrying value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investment and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its new, lower amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, it does not consider the remainder of the investment in ALESCO IV to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

 

For identified mortgage-backed securities in the investment portfolio, an extensive, quarterly review is conducted to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Various inputs to the economic models are used to determine if an unrealized loss is other than temporary. The most significant inputs are voluntary prepay rates, default rates, liquidation rates and loss severity.

 

To determine if the unrealized loss for mortgage-backed securities is other than temporary, the Company projects total estimated defaults of the underlying assets (mortgages) and multiplies that calculated amount by an estimate of realizable value upon sale in the marketplace (severity) in order to determine the projected collateral loss. The Company also evaluates the current credit enhancement underlying the bond to determine the impact on cash flows. If the Company determines that a given mortgage-backed security position will be subject to a write-down or loss, the Company records the expected credit loss as a charge to earnings.

 

The credit losses recognized in earnings during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows :

 

    2012     2011  
             
ALESCO IV Series B2   $ 112     $ 132  
I-PreTSL I B-2            
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities – private labeled     140       494  
    $ 252     $ 626  

  

F- 21
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

Credit Losses Recognized on Investments

 

Certain debt securities have experienced fair value deterioration due to credit losses, as well as due to other market factors, but are not otherwise other than temporarily impaired.

 

The following table provides information about debt securities for which only a credit loss was recognized in income and other losses are recorded in other comprehensive loss.

 

    Accumulated
Credit Losses
 
Credit losses on debt securities held        
January 1, 2011   $ 1,209  
Additions related to increases in previously recognized other-than-temporary losses     626  
         
December 31, 2011     1,835  
Realized losses related to other-than-temporary impairments     (350 )
Additions related to other-than-temporary losses not previously recognized     68  
Additions related to increases in previously recognized other-than-temporary losses     184  
         
December 31, 2012   $ 1,737  

 

Note 4: Loans Receivable

 

Categories of loans at December 31, include:

 

    2012     2011  
Real estate loans                
Residential   $ 128,815     $ 143,452  
Commercial     84,918       43,507  
Total real estate loans     213,733       186,959  
Commercial loans     14,271       2,063  
Consumer loans     126,486       142,783  
Total loans     354,490       331,805  
Deferred loan origination costs and premiums and discounts on purchased loans     3,671       3,421  
Allowance for loan losses     (5,833 )     (5,656 )
Total net loans   $ 352,328     $ 329,570  

 

F- 22
 

 

 First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

The risk characteristics of each loan portfolio segment are as follows:

 

Commercial Real Estate : These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of property type and geographic location. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on property financial performance, collateral value and other risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing special use projects or properties outside of its designated marketing areas unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus nonowner occupied loans.

 

Commercial : Commercial loans are primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

 

Residential and Consumer : With respect to residential loans that are secured by 1-4 family residences and are generally owner occupied, the Company generally establishes a maximum loan-to-value ratio and requires private mortgage insurance if that ratio is exceeded. Home equity loans are typically secured by a subordinate interest in 1-4 family residences, and consumer loans are secured by consumer assets such as automobiles or recreational vehicles. Some consumer loans are unsecured, such as small installment loans and certain lines of credit. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers, which can be impacted by economic conditions in their market areas such as unemployment levels. Repayment can also be impacted by changes in property values on residential properties. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers.

 

F- 23
 

 

 First Internet Bancorp  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,099     $ 2,485     $ 333     $ 1,739     $ 5,656  
Provision charged to expense     411       2,086       (37 )     392       2,852  
Losses charged off     (509 )     (1,464 )           (1,438 )     (3,411 )
Recoveries     148             75       513       736  
                                         
Balance, end of year     1,149       3,107       371       1,206       5,833  
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment     206       682             54       942  
                                         
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 943     $ 2,425     $ 371     $ 1,152     $ 4,891  
                                         
Loans:                                        
Ending balance   $ 128,815     $ 84,918     $ 14,271     $ 126,486     $ 354,490  
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment     2,482       2,467             474       5,423  
                                         
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 126,333     $ 82,451     $ 14,271     $ 126,012     $ 349,067  

 

    2011  
    Residential
Real Estate
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Balance, beginning of year   $ 2,135     $ 1,292     $ 608     $ 2,810     $ 6,845  
Provision charged to expense     (366 )     1,891       318       597       2,440  
Losses charged off     (811 )     (698 )     (612 )     (2,296 )     (4,417 )
Recoveries     141             19       628       788  
                                         
Balance, end of year     1,099       2,485       333       1,739       5,656  
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment     93       1,329             52       1,474  
                                         
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 1,006     $ 1,156     $ 333     $ 1,687     $ 4,182  
                                         
Loans:                                        
Ending balance   $ 143,452     $ 43,507     $ 2,063     $ 142,783     $ 331,805  
Ending balance:  individually evaluated for impairment     1,693       7,634             499       9,826  
                                         
Ending balance:  collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 141,759     $ 35,873     $ 2,063     $ 142,284     $ 321,979  

  

F- 24
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its commercial loans. Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8. A description of the general characteristics of the 8 risk grades is as follows:

 

· Grades 1 & 2 - These grades are assigned to loans with very high credit quality borrowers of investment or near investment grade or where the loan is primarily secured by cash or conservatively margined high quality marketable securities. These borrowers are generally publicly traded, have significant capital strength, possess investment grade public debt ratings, demonstrate low leverage, exhibit stable earnings and growth and have ready access to various financing alternatives.

 

· Grades 3 & 4 - Loans assigned these grades include loans to borrowers possessing solid credit quality with acceptable risk. Borrowers in these grades are differentiated from higher grades on the basis of size (capital and/or revenue), leverage, asset quality, stability of the industry or specific market area and quality/coverage of collateral. These borrowers generally have a history of consistent earnings and reasonable leverage.

 

· Grade 5 - This grade includes “pass grade” loans to borrowers which require special monitoring because of deteriorating financial results, declining credit ratings, decreasing cash flow, increasing leverage, marginal collateral coverage or industry stress that has resulted or may result in a changing overall risk profile.

 

· Grade 6 - This grade is for “Special Mention” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. This grade is intended to include loans to borrowers whose credit quality has clearly deteriorated and where risk of further decline is possible unless active measures are taken to correct the situation. Weaknesses are considered potential at this state and are not yet fully defined.

 

· Grade 7 - This grade includes “Substandard” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Loans categorized in this grade possess a well-defined credit weakness, and the likelihood of repayment from the primary source is uncertain. Significant financial deterioration has occurred, and very close attention is warranted to ensure the full repayment without loss. Collateral coverage may be marginal, and the accrual of interest has been suspended.

 

· Grade 8 - This grade includes “Doubtful” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Such loans have been placed on nonaccrual status and may be heavily dependent upon collateral possessing a value that is difficult to determine or based upon some near-term event which lacks clear certainty. These loans have all of the weaknesses of those classified as Substandard; however, based on existing conditions, these weaknesses make full collection of the principal balance highly improbable.

  

F- 25
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

   

The following tables present the credit risk profile of the Company’s loan portfolio based on rating category and payment activity as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Commercial 
Real Estate
    Commercial  
Rating:                
1-5 Pass   $ 80,830     $ 13,860  
6 Special Mention     1,621       411  
7 Substandard     2,467        
8 Doubtful            
Total   $ 84,918     $ 14,271  

 

    2012  
    Residential
Real Estate
    Consumer  
Performing   $ 127,426     $ 126,331  
Nonperforming (nonaccrual)     1,389       155  
Total   $ 128,815     $ 126,486  

 

    2011  
    Commercial 
Real Estate
    Commercial  
Rating:                
1-5 Pass   $ 34,172     $ 1,541  
6 Special Mention     1,700       522  
7 Substandard     7,635        
8 Doubtful            
Total   $ 43,507     $ 2,063  

 

    2011  
    Residential 
Real Estate
    Consumer  
Performing   $ 142,576     $ 142,559  
Nonperforming (nonaccrual)     876       224  
Total   $ 143,452     $ 142,783  

  

F- 26
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

    

The following tables present the Company’s loan portfolio aging analysis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

   

    2012  
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days 
or More
Past Due
    Total 
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
Receivable
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total Loans
90 Days or
More Past Due
and Accruing
 
    (Unaudited)  
Real estate loans                                                                
Residential   $ 130     $ 5     $ 1,555     $ 1,690     $ 127,125     $ 128,815     $ 1,389     $ 450  
Commercial                 2,362       2,362       82,556       84,918       2,362        
Commercial                             14,271       14,271              
Consumer     1,025       148       122       1,295       125,191       126,486       155       21  
Total   $ 1,155     $ 153     $ 4,039     $ 5,347     $ 349,143     $ 354,490     $ 3,906     $ 471  

  

    2011  
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days 
or More
Past Due
    Total 
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
Receivable
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total Loans
90 Days or
More Past Due
and Accruing
 
Real estate loans                                                                
Residential   $ 1,376     $ 121     $ 666     $ 2,163     $ 141,289     $ 143,452     $ 876     $ 75  
Commercial                 7,523       7,523       35,984       43,507       7,523        
Commercial                             2,063       2,063              
Consumer     1,709       213       206       2,128       140,655       142,783       224       56  
Total   $ 3,085     $ 334     $ 8,395     $ 11,814     $ 319,991     $ 331,805     $ 8,623     $ 131  

 

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310-10-35-16) when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans but also include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.

 

F- 27
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

The following tables present the Company’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Recorded
Balance
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Specific
Allowance
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income
 
Loans without a specific valuation allowance                                        
Residential real estate loans   $ 2,047     $ 2,357     $     $ 1,685     $ 29  
Commercial real estate loans                       275        
Commercial loans                              
Consumer loans     380       577             385        
Total     2,427       2,934             2,345       29  
Loans with a specific valuation allowance                                        
Residential real estate loans     435       442       206       514        
Commercial real estate loans     2,467       2,925       682       6,089       6  
Commercial loans                              
Consumer loans     94       206       54       93        
Total     2,996       3,573       942       6,696       6  
Total impaired loans                                        
Residential real estate loans     2,482       2,799       206       2,199       29  
Commercial real estate loans     2,467       2,925       682       6,364       6  
Commercial loans                              
Consumer loans     474       783       54       478        
Total   $ 5,423     $ 6,507     $ 942     $ 9,041     $ 35  

 

F- 28
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

    2011  
    Recorded
Balance
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Specific
Allowance
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income
 
Loans without a specific valuation allowance                                        
Residential real estate loans   $ 1,328     $ 1,529     $     $ 902     $  
Commercial real estate loans                       220        
Commercial loans                       208        
Consumer loans     388       612             239        
Total     1,716       2,141             1,569        
Loans with a specific valuation allowance                                        
Residential real estate loans     365       373       93       1,193        
Commercial real estate loans     7,634       8,096       1,329       4,721       6  
Commercial loans                       645        
Consumer loans     111       131       52       290       1  
Total     8,110       8,600       1,474       6,849       7  
Total impaired loans                                        
Residential real estate loans     1,693       1,902       93       2,095        
Commercial real estate loans     7,634       8,096       1,329       4,941       6  
Commercial loans                       853        
Consumer loans     499       743       52       529       1  
Total   $ 9,826     $ 10,741     $ 1,474     $ 8,418     $ 7  

 

In the course of working with troubled borrowers, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans in an effort to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to optimize the collectability of the loan. Any loan modified is reviewed by the Company to identify if a troubled debt restructuring has occurred, which is when the Company grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider based on economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status or the loan may be restructured to secure additional collateral and/or guarantees to support the debt, or a combination of the two.

 

F- 29
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Loans classified as a troubled debt restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are shown in the tables below. These modifications consisted primarily of interest rate and maturity date concessions.

 

    2012  
    Modifications  
    Number     Recorded
Balance
Before
    Recorded
Balance
After
 
Real estate loans:                        
Commercial         $     $  
Residential     1       29       29  
Commercial loans                  
Consumer loans     8       140       122  
                         
Total     9     $ 169     $ 151  

 

    2011  
    Modifications  
    Number     Recorded
Balance
Before
    Recorded
Balance
After
 
Real estate loans:                        
Commercial         $     $  
Residential     3       751       751  
Commercial loans                  
Consumer loans     11       196       123  
                         
Total     14     $ 947     $ 874  

 

F- 30
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Troubled debt restructured loans which had payment defaults during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are shown in the tables below. Default occurs when a loan is 90 days or more past due or transferred to nonaccrual within 12 months of restructuring.

 

    2012  
    Number
of
Defaults
    Recorded
Balance
 
Real estate loans:                
Commercial         $  
Residential     1       29  
Commercial loans and leases            
Consumer loans     1       20  
                 
Total     2     $ 49  

 

    2011  
    Number
of
Defaults
    Recorded
Balance
 
Real estate loans:                
Commercial         $  
Residential     2       285  
Commercial loans and leases            
Consumer loans     6       45  
                 
Total     8     $ 330  

 

F- 31
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

The following tables summarize loan modifications that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Payment Extension     Principal Reduction     Rate Reduction  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
                                                 
Real estate loans:                                                
Commercial         $           $           $  
Residential     1       29                          
Commercial loans                                    
Consumer loans     3       16       2       28       3       78  
                                                 
Total     4     $ 45       2     $ 28       3     $ 78  

 

    2011  
    Payment Extension     Principal Reduction     Rate Reduction  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
                                     
Real estate loans:                                                
Commercial         $           $           $  
Residential     3       751                          
Commercial loans                                    
Consumer loans     4       36       2       29       5       58  
                                                 
Total     7     $ 787       2     $ 29       5     $ 58  

 

Principal reductions were made based on orders from a bankruptcy court. Payment extensions and rate reductions have proven to be successful in optimizing the overall collectability of the loan by increasing the period of time that the borrower is able to make required payments to the Company.

 

Note 5: Equipment

 

Equipment included in other assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following:

 

    2012     2011  
Furniture and equipment   $ 3,521     $ 3,460  
Less accumulated depreciation     (2,728 )     (2,667 )
    $ 793     $ 793  

 

F- 32
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Note 6: Goodwill

 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the two years ended December 31, 2012 was:

 

Balance as of January 1, 2011   $ 4,687  
Changes in goodwill during the year      
Balance as of December 31, 2011     4,687  
Changes in goodwill during the year      
Balance as of December 31, 2012   $ 4,687  

 

Note 7: Deposits

 

Deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

    2012     2011  
Regular savings accounts   $ 11,583     $ 7,773  
Noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts     13,187       15,870  
Interest-bearing demand deposit accounts     73,660       64,006  
Money market accounts     202,388       165,561  
Total transaction accounts     300,818       253,210  
                 
Certificates of deposits     211,542       209,762  
Brokered deposits     18,490       23,898  
Premiums on brokered deposits     (159 )     (205 )
                 
Total deposits   $ 530,691     $ 486,665  

 

Certificates of deposit in the amount of $100 or more totaled approximately $133,570 and $124,929 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

A summary of certificate accounts by scheduled maturities at December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

2013   $ 78,853  
2014     36,209  
2015     40,194  
2016     60,222  
2017     12,016  
Thereafter     2,538  
    $ 230,032  

 

F- 33
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Note 8: FHLB Advances

 

The Company has outstanding FHLB advances of $40,686 and $40,573 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Advances, at interest rates from 0.49 to 4.57 percent at December 31, 2012, are subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment. The advances are collateralized by mortgage loans pledged and held by the Company and investment securities pledged by the Company and held in safekeeping with the FHLB. Mortgage loans pledged were approximately $0 and $5,806 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the fair value of investment securities pledged was approximately $49,523 and $53,117 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The FHLB advances are scheduled to mature according to the following schedule:

 

    Amount  
2013   $ 19,000  
2014     5,000  
2015     11,000  
2016     3,000  
Thereafter     3,000  
      41,000  
Deferred prepayment penalties on advance restructure     (314 )
    $ 40,686  

 

Amounts advanced totaling $10,000 are subject to an option for the FHLB to convert the entire advance to a periodic adjustable rate one year after the date of the advance. If the FHLB exercises its option to convert the advance to an adjustable rate, the advance will be pre-payable at the Company’s option, at par without a penalty fee.

 

Note 9: Benefit Plans

 

401(k) Plan

  

The Company has a 401(k) plan established for substantially all full-time employees, as defined. Employee contributions are limited to the maximum established by the Internal Revenue Service on an annual basis. The Company has elected to match contributions equal to 100% of the first 1% of employee deferrals and then 50% on deferrals over 1% up to a maximum of 6% of an individual’s total eligible salary, as defined by the plan. Employer-matching contributions begin vesting after one year at a rate of 50% per year of employment and are fully vested after the completion of two years of service. Contributions each year during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, totaled approximately $214 and $137, respectively.

 

F- 34
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain officers that provide for the continuation of salary and certain benefits for a specified period of time under certain conditions. Under the terms of the agreements, these payments could occur in the event of a change in control of the Company, as defined, along with other specific conditions.

 

Stock Options

 

The Company has a qualified stock option plan for Directors and key employees of the Company (Stock Option Plan) and has reserved 400,000 shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the Stock Option Plan. The option exercise price per share is the fair value of a share on the date of grant, and the stock options become exercisable in a series of three equal and successive annual installments, with the first one-third vesting at the end of one year measured from the grant date of the option. Each option grant expires within ten years of the grant date. The options are nontransferable and are forfeited upon termination of employment.

 

The following is an analysis of activity in the Stock Option Plan for the period ended December 31, 2012 and the stock options outstanding at the end of the year:

 

    2012  
                Weighted-  
          Weighted-     Average  
          Average     Remaining Life  
    Shares     Exercise Price     (In Years)  
Outstanding, beginning of year     90,000     $ 19.38          
Expired     (90,000 )     19.38          
Outstanding, end of year                  
Exercisable, end of year                  

 

F- 35
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Directors Deferred Stock Plan

 

The Company has adopted a stock compensation plan for members of the Board of Directors (Directors Deferred Stock Plan). The Company has reserved 120,000 shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the Directors Deferred Stock Plan. During 2011, this amount was increased from 60,000 shares. The plan provides directors the option to elect to receive up to 100% of their annual retainer in either common stock or deferred stock rights. Monthly meeting fees are paid in cash. The deferred stock right is payable to the director on the basis of one common share for each deferred stock right. Director compensation totaled $144 and $108 in 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which $95 and $60 in 2012 and 2011, respectively, were paid in either common stock or deferred stock rights. The common stock and deferred stock rights are granted on January 1 at fair value and vest from January 1 st until December 31 st . The Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the vesting period based upon the fair value of the stock on the grant date.

 

The following is an analysis of deferred stock rights and common stock related to the Directors Deferred Stock Plan for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

    Deferred     Common  
    Rights     Shares  
           
Outstanding, beginning of year     37,629        
Granted     9,247        
Exercised            
                 
Outstanding, end of year     46,876          

 

Note 10: Income Taxes

 

The provision (credit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 

    2012     2011  
Current   $ 2,385     $ 1,711  
Deferred     (191 )     (938 )
                 
Total   $ 2,194     $ 773  

 

F- 36
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Income tax provision (credit) is reconciled to the 34% statutory rate applied to pre-tax income as follows:

 

    2012     2011  
Statutory rate times pre-tax income   $ 2,652     $ 1,346  
Add (subtract) the tax effect of:                
Income from tax-exempt securities     (533 )     (525 )
State income tax, net of federal tax effect     36       31  
Bank-owned life insurance     (129 )     (99 )
Other differences     168       20  
                 
Total income taxes   $ 2,194     $ 773  

 

The net deferred tax asset at December 31 consists of the following:

 

    2012     2011  
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 2,042     $ 1,995  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities     (979 )     (664 )
Other than temporarily impaired securities     415       432  
Mark to market adjustments     371       17  
Depreciation     (267 )     (260 )
Deferred compensation     460       409  
Deferred loan origination fees     (109 )     (59 )
Prepaid assets     (92 )     (89 )
Other     237       421  
                 
Total deferred tax assets, net   $ 2,078     $ 2,202  

 

F- 37
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Note 11: Related Party Transactions

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, certain directors, executive officers and/or companies in which these individuals had a 10% or more beneficial ownership were indebted to the Company as follows:

 

    2012     2011  
             
Beginning balance   $ 50     $ 241  
New loans     3        
Repayments     (2 )     (191 )
                 
Ending balance   $ 51     $ 50  

 

In management’s opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management’s opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

 

Deposits from related parties held by the Company at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $14,646 and $10,353, respectively.

 

The Company’s card processing services are provided by OneBridge, which is controlled by a shareholder of the Company. Total expenses incurred related to card processing provided by OneBridge during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, were approximately $109 and $128, respectively.

 

Note 12: Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Company is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking regulatory agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators could require adjustments to regulatory capital not reflected in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 38
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Quantitative measures that have been established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).

 

To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Company as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s categories.

 

                            Minimum to be  
                Minimum     Well Capitalized  
                Capital     Under Prompt  
    Actual           Requirement     Corrective Actions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2012:                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated   $ 60,701       11.0 %   $ 44,286       8.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     59,893       10.8 %     44,263       8.0 %   $ 55,329       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated     54,844       9.9 %     22,143       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     54,036       9.8 %     22,132       4.0 %     33,198       6.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                                                
Consolidated     54,844       8.9 %     24,667       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     54,036       8.8 %     24,653       4.0 %     30,817       5.0 %
As of December 31, 2011:                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated   $ 55,088       12.4 %   $ 35,530       8.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     53,793       12.2 %     35,425       8.0 %   $ 44,281       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Consolidated     49,516       11.2 %     17,765       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     48,237       10.9 %     17,712       4.0 %     26,569       6.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                                                
Consolidated     49,516       8.7 %     22,660       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank     48,237       8.5 %     22,603       4.0 %     28,254       5.0 %

 

Note 13: Commitments and Credit Risk

 

In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments to extend credit which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had outstanding loan commitments totaling approximately $33,598 and $23,840, respectively.

 

F- 39
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company leased its office facility under an operating lease expiring July 2018. As of December 31, 2012, the Company leases its office facility under an amended operating lease expiring January 2021. The lease is subject to additional rentals based on building operating costs and property taxes in excess of specified amounts. Future minimum cash lease payments are as follows:

 

    Amount  
2013   $ 473  
2014     492  
2015     501  
2016     509  
2017     518  
Thereafter     1,648  
    $ 4,141  

 

Note 14: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities

 

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities

 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

 

F- 40
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Securities

 

Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid mutual funds. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows.

 

Level 2 securities include U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage and asset-backed securities and obligations of state, municipals and certain corporate securities. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique widely used in the banking industry to value investment securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific investment securities but rather relying on the investment securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted investment securities.

 

In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy and include certain other securities. Fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows. Discounted cash flows are calculated based off of the anticipated future cash flows updated to incorporate loss severities and volatility. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as default and deferral activity are reviewed and incorporated into the calculation.

 

The following tables present the fair value measurements of securities available for sale recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

          2012  
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant        
          Markets for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Fair     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $ 19,618     $     $ 19,618     $  
Municipals     42,540             42,540        
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - government-sponsored enterprises     77,489             77,489        
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - private labeled     2,453             2,453        
Other securities     14,593       1,553       12,200       840  
    $ 156,693     $ 1,553     $ 154,300     $ 840  

 

F- 41
 

 

 

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

          2011  
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant        
          Markets for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Fair     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises   $ 25,502     $     $ 25,502     $  
Municipals     42,761             42,761        
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - government-sponsored enterprises     69,790             69,790        
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities - private labeled     5,445             5,445        
Other securities     5,772       1,541       3,761       470  
                                 
    $ 149,270     $ 1,541     $ 147,259     $ 470  

  

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs:

 

    Securities
Available for Sale
 
       
Balance, January 1, 2011   $ 454  
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses        
Included in net income     (132 )
Included in other comprehensive loss     148  
         
Balance, December 31, 2011     470  
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses        
Included in net income     (112 )
Included in other comprehensive loss     482  
         
Balance, December 31, 2012   $ 840  

 

F- 42
 

 

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

 

Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)

 

Loans for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans.

 

If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.

 

Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.

 

The following tables present the fair value measurements of impaired loans recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

          2012  
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant        
          Markets for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Fair     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
                         
Impaired loans   $ 1,481     $     $     $ 1,481  

  

          2011  
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant        
          Markets for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Fair     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
                         
Impaired loans   $ 7,309     $     $     $ 7,309  

  

F- 43
 

 

First Internet Bancorp

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Unobservable (Level 3) Inputs

 

The following tables present quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in recurring and nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements other than goodwill.

 

    Fair Value at                
    December 31,
2012
    Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Weighted
Average
 
                     
Collateral dependent impaired loans   $ 1,481     Market comparable properties   Marketability discount     12 %

 

 

    Fair Value at                
    December 31,
2011
    Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Weighted
Average
 
                     
Collateral dependent impaired loans   $ 7,309     Market comparable properties   Marketability discount     20 %

 

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For these instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Loans Held For Sale

 

The fair value of these financial instruments approximates carrying value.

 

Loans Receivable

 

The fair value of loans receivable is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable

 

The fair value of these financial instruments approximates carrying value.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

 

The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

 

F- 44
 

 

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Deposits

 

The fair value of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and savings and NOW accounts is the amount payable as of the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

FHLB Advances

 

The fair value of fixed rate advances is estimated using rates currently offered for similar remaining maturities.

 

Accrued Interest Payable

 

The fair value of these financial instruments approximates carrying value.

 

F- 45
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Commitments

 

The fair value of commitments to extend credit are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with similar maturities and interest rates. The Company determined that the fair value of commitments was zero based on the contractual value of outstanding commitments at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

The following schedule includes the carrying value and estimated fair value of all financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012  
    Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          In Active     Significant        
          Market for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Carrying     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Amount     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 32,513     $ 32,513     $     $  
Loans held for sale     63,234             63,234        
Loans receivable - net     352,328                   351,194  
Accrued interest receivable     2,196       2,196              
FHLB stock     2,943       2,943              
                                 
Deposits     530,691       300,818             236,375  
FHLB advances     40,686             42,986        
Accrued interest payable     120       120              

  

    2011  
    Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices              
          In Active     Significant        
          Market for     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Carrying     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Amount     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 34,778     $ 34,778     $     $  
Loans held for sale     45,091             45,091        
Loans receivable - net     329,570                   322,557  
Accrued interest receivable     2,129       2,129              
FHLB stock     2,943       2,943              
                                 
Deposits     486,665       253,210             240,482  
FHLB advances     40,573             43,526        
Accrued interest payable     120       120              

 

F- 46
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Note 15: Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

 

Presented below is condensed financial information as to financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
             
Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 782     $ 152  
Investment in common stock of subsidiaries     60,542       54,144  
Other assets     283       1,292  
                 
Total assets   $ 61,607     $ 55,588  
                 
Liabilities and Equity                
Other liabilities   $ 257     $ 165  
                 
Shareholders’ equity     61,350       55,423  
                 
Total liabilities and equity   $ 61,607     $ 55,588  

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011  
Income            
Dividends from subsidiaries   $ 250     $  
Total income     250        
                 
Expenses                
Loss on asset disposal           368  
Other expenses     484       258  
Total expenses     484       626  
                 
Loss Before Income Tax and Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries     (234 )     (626 )
                 
Income Tax Benefit     (41 )     (221 )
                 
Loss Before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries     (193 )     (405 )
                 
Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries     5,799       3,591  
                 
Net Income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  

 

F- 47
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011  
             
Net income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  
                 
Other comprehensive income                
Net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale     2,161       6,567  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized     (48 )     (84 )
Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale for which an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in income     (1,452 )     (2,036 )
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in income     252       626  
Other comprehensive income before tax     913       5,073  
Income tax provision     315       1,793  
                 
Other comprehensive income - net of tax     598       3,280  
                 
Comprehensive income   $ 6,204     $ 6,466  

  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011  
             
Operating Activities                
Net income   $ 5,606     $ 3,186  
Items not providing cash     (4,604 )     (3,281 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     1,002       (95 )
                 
Financing Activities                
Proceeds from stock issuance     107        
Cash dividends     (479 )      
Net cash used in financing activities     (372 )      
                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents     630       (95 )
                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year     152       247  
                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year   $ 782     $ 152  

 

F- 48
 

 

 

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

 

Note 16: Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11. The objective of this Update is to provide enhanced disclosures that will enable users of financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of this Update. The amendments require enhanced disclosures by requiring improved information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

On July 27, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-02. The amendments in this Update will allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public entity's financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations .

 

On August 27, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-03. This Update amends various SEC paragraphs pursuant to SAB 114, SEC Release No. 33-9250, and ASU 2010-22, which amend or rescind portions of certain SAB Topics. These amendments are presented in two sections – Amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification® and Amendments to the XBRL Taxonomy. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

F- 49
 

  

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

 

On October 1, 2012, the FASB released ASU 2012-04. The amendments in this Update make technical corrections, clarifications, and limited-scope improvements to various topics throughout the Codification. These amendments are presented in two sections—Technical Corrections and Improvements and Conforming Amendments Related to Fair Value Measurements. The amendments in this Update that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance for both public entities and nonpublic entities. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company has adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU for the period ended December 31, 2012, and the ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations .

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02 to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes gains and losses that are initially excluded from net income for an accounting period. Those gains and losses are later reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. The amendments in the Update do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. All of the information required within this Update is already required to be disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements under United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).

 

The new amendments will require an organization to:

 

· Present (either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes) the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income–but only if the item reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period

 

· Cross-reference to other disclosures currently required under GAAP for other reclassification items (that are not required under GAAP) to be reclassified directly to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period. This would be the case when a portion of the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income is initially transferred to a balance sheet account instead of directly to income or expense.

 

The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and the ASU is not expected to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

F- 50
 

 

First Internet Bancorp 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands except per share data)

  

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, which clarifies the scope of transactions that are subject to the disclosures about offsetting. The Update clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. Specifically, Update 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in FASB Accounting Standards Codification® or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Issued in December 2011, Update 2011-11 was the result of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board. Its objective was to improve transparency and comparability between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards by requiring enhanced disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset on the statement of financial position or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The Board undertook this clarification project in response to concerns expressed by U.S. stakeholders about the standard’s broad definition of financial instruments. After the standard was finalized, companies realized that many contracts have standard commercial provisions that would equate to a master netting arrangement, significantly increasing the cost of compliance at minimal value to financial statement users .

 

Note 17: Subsequent Events

 

The Company acquired an office building and related real estate located in Fishers, Indiana from an unaffiliated third party for an aggregate consideration of approximately $4,000.

  

The Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.06 per share payable April 15, 2013, to holders of the Company’s common stock on April 1, 2013.

   

F- 51
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Method of Filing
3.1     Articles of Incorporation of First Internet Bancorp   Incorporated by Reference
3.2     Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Internet Bancorp as amended March 18, 2013   Filed Electronically
10.1     First Internet Bancorp 2006 Stock Option Plan   Incorporated by Reference
10.2     Form of Award Document under 2006 Plan   Incorporated by Reference
10.3     First Internet Bancorp Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan   Incorporated by Reference
10.4     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among First Internet Bank of Indiana, First Internet Bancorp and David B. Becker dated March 28, 2013   Filed Electronically
10.5     Employment Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and Laurinda A. Swank dated August 8, 1999   Incorporated by Reference
10.6     Change in Control Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and Kay E. Whitaker dated January 14, 2013   Filed Electronically
10.7     2012 Senior Management Bonus Plan   Incorporated by Reference
10.8     2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan   Filed Electronically
10.9     Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between First Internet Bank of Indiana and certain employees   Incorporated by Reference
10.10     Contract for Purchase of Property between First Internet Bancorp and LHRET Ascension SV, LLC dated January 30, 2013   Filed Electronically
10.11     Offer and Contract for Purchase of Real Estate between First Internet Bancorp and St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center, Inc., accepted February 5, 2013   Filed Electronically
10.12     Loan Agreement dated as of March 6, 2013, by and between First Internet Bancorp and First Internet Bank of Indiana (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 11, 2013)   Filed Electronically
10.13     Lease dated as of March 6, 2013, by and between First Internet Bancorp and First Internet Bank of Indiana (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 11, 2013)   Filed Electronically
21.1     List of Subsidiaries   Filed Electronically
31.1     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer   Filed Electronically
31.2     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer   Filed Electronically
32.1     Section 1350 Certifications   Filed Electronically

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

FIRST INTERNET BANCORP
(As amended March 18, 2013)

 

ARTICLE 1

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1.1. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of the shareholders of First Internet Bancorp (the "Corporation") shall be held each year on such date, at such hour and at such place within or without the State of Indiana as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of designation, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 1.2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. A special meeting of the shareholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as the case may be, calling a special meeting of shareholders shall set the date, time and place of such meeting, which may be held within or without the State of Indiana.

 

SECTION 1.3. NOTICES. A written notice (as the term "written" is defined in Section 9.6 of these Bylaws), stating (a) the date, time, and place of any meeting of the shareholders, (b) the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and (c) in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, shall be delivered or mailed by the Secretary of the Corporation to each shareholder of record of the Corporation entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting no fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of shareholders' meetings, if mailed, shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each shareholder at his or her address shown in the Corporation's current record of shareholders; provided, that this requirement shall be satisfied with respect to shareholders of record who share an address, and notice shall be deemed to have been given to all such shareholders, if notice is given in accordance with the "householding" rules set forth in Rule 14a-3(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the provisions of IC 23-1-20-29 of the Indiana Business Corporation Law. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his, her or its address as it appears in the books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If sent by electronic transmission, notice shall be deemed to be delivered when sent.

 

Notice of a meeting of shareholders shall be given to shareholders not entitled to vote, but only if a purpose for the meeting is to vote on any amendment to the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, merger, or share exchange to which the Corporation would be a party, sale of the Corporation's assets, dissolution of the Corporation, or consideration of voting rights to be accorded to shares acquired or to be acquired in a "control share acquisition" (as such term is defined in the Indiana Business Corporation Law). Except as required by the foregoing sentence or as otherwise required by the Indiana Business Corporation Law or the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, notice of a meeting of shareholders is required to be given only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

 
 

 

A shareholder or his proxy may at any time waive notice of a meeting if the waiver is in writing, is signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice and is delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporation's records. A shareholder's attendance at a meeting, whether in person or by proxy, (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder or his proxy at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder or his proxy objects to considering the matter when it is presented. Each shareholder who has, in the manner above provided, waived notice or objection to notice of a shareholders' meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have been given due notice of such meeting, including the purpose or purposes thereof.

 

If an annual or special shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time, or place if the new date, time, or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless a new record date is or must be established for the adjourned meeting.

 

  SECTION 1.4. ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)           Advance Notice of Shareholder Business . At an annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (i) pursuant to the Corporation's proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) by a shareholder of the Corporation who is a shareholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 1.4(a) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.4(a). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such business must be a proper matter for shareholder action pursuant to these Bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

(1)         To comply with clause (iii) of Section 1.4(a) above, a shareholder's notice must set forth all information required under this Section 1.4(a) and must be timely received by the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year's annual meeting, then, for notice by the shareholder to be timely, it must be so received by the Secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (B) the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder's notice as described in this Section 1.4(a)(1). "Public Announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor thereto.

 

2
 

 

(2)         To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the shareholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (A) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the shareholder proposing such business and any Shareholder Associated Person (as defined below), (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, (E) any material interest of the shareholder or a Shareholder Associated Person in such business, and (F) a statement whether either such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) through (F), a "Business Solicitation Statement"). In addition, to be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be supplemented not later than ten (10) days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (C) and (D) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 1.4, a "Shareholder Associated Person" of any shareholder shall mean (I) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such shareholder, (II) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (III) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (I) and (II).

 

(3)         Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 1.4(a) and, if applicable, Section 1.4(b). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a shareholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such shareholder or a Shareholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4(a), and, if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

 

3
 

 

(b)           Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.4(b) shall be eligible for election or re-election as Directors at an annual meeting of shareholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of shareholders only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by a shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 1.4(b) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.4(b). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

(1)         To comply with clause (ii) of Section 1.4(b) above, a nomination to be made by a shareholder must set forth all information required under this Section 1.4(b) and must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 1.4(a)(1) above.

 

(2)          To be in proper written form, such shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth:

 

(A)      as to each person (a "nominee") whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director: (I) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (II) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (III) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (IV) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (V) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the shareholder, (VI) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a Director of the Corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Indiana law with respect to the Corporation and its shareholders, and (VII) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a Director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation the nominee's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

 

4
 

 

(B)      as to such shareholder giving notice, (I) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (B) through (E) of Section 1.4(a)(2) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 1.4(a)(2) above (except that the references to "business" in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of Directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (II) a statement whether either such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the Corporation's voting shares reasonably believed by such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (I) and (II) above, a "Nominee Solicitation Statement").

 

(3)         At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a shareholder for election or re-election as a Director must furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation (A) that information required to be set forth in the shareholder's notice of nomination of such person as a Director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person's nomination was given, (B) such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of a regulated financial institution or subsidiary under applicable banking laws and regulations and as an independent Director or audit committee financial expert of the Corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (C) additional information that could be material to a reasonable shareholder's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such shareholder's nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 1.4(b).

 

(4)            Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a Director of the Corporation at an annual meeting of shareholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 1.4(b). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)            Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings .

 

(1)         For a special meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the Board of Directors shall be made only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by any shareholder of the Corporation who (I) is a shareholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 1.4(c) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (II) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the Secretary of the Corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 1.4(b)(2) and (b)(3) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a Director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by a shareholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.4(c). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

5
 

 

(2)         The chairman of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

 

(d)            Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.4, a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.4. Nothing in this Section 1.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

(1)         a shareholder to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act; or

 

(2)         the Corporation to omit a proposal from the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.

 

SECTION 1.5. VOTING. Except as otherwise provided by the Indiana Business Corporation Law or the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, each share of stock of the Corporation, regardless of class, that is outstanding at the record date established for any annual or special meeting of shareholders and is outstanding at the time of and represented in person or by proxy at the annual or special meeting, shall entitle the record holder thereof, or his proxy, to one (1) vote on each matter voted on at the meeting.

 

SECTION 1.6. QUORUM. Unless the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or the Indiana Business Corporation Law provide otherwise, at all meetings of shareholders, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum for action on the matter. Action may be taken at a shareholders' meeting only on matters with respect to which a quorum exists; provided, however, that any meeting of shareholders, including annual and special meetings and any adjournments thereof, may be adjourned to a later date although less than a quorum is present. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 1.7. VOTE REQUIRED TO TAKE ACTION. If a quorum exists as to a matter to be considered at a meeting of shareholders, action on such matter (other than the election of Directors) is approved if the votes properly cast favoring the action exceed the votes properly cast opposing the action, except as the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or the Indiana Business Corporation Law require a greater number of affirmative votes. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes properly cast.

 

6
 

 

SECTION 1.8. RECORD DATE. Only such persons shall be entitled to notice of or to vote, in person or by proxy, at any shareholders' meeting as shall appear as shareholders upon the books of the Corporation as of such record date as the Board of Directors shall determine, which date may not be earlier than the date seventy (70) days immediately preceding the meeting. In the absence of such determination, the record date shall be the fiftieth (50th) day immediately preceding the date of such meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shareholders of record shall be determined on the record date as of the close of trading on the principal securities exchange on which the Company's common stock is traded.

 

SECTION 1.9. PROXIES. A shareholder may vote his shares either in person or by proxy. A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the shareholder (including authorizing the proxy to receive, or to waive, notice of any shareholders' meeting within the effective period of such proxy) by signing an appointment form, either personally or by the shareholder's attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes and is effective for eleven (11) months unless a shorter or longer period is expressly provided in the appointment form. The proxy's authority may be limited to a particular meeting or may be general and authorize the proxy to represent the shareholder at any meeting of shareholders held within the time provided in the appointment form. Subject to the Indiana Business Corporation Law and to any express limitation on the proxy's authority appearing on the face of the appointment form, the Corporation is entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.

 

SECTION 1.10. PARTICIPATION OTHER THAN IN PERSON. The Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors may permit any or all shareholders to participate in an annual or special meeting of shareholders by, or through the use of, any means of communication, such as conference telephone or webcast, by which all shareholders participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

SECTION 1.11. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF THE MEETING .

 

(a)         At each meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, a person designated by the Chairman of the Board, or, in the absence of such designation, a person chosen by the Board of Directors, shall call the meeting to order and shall act as the chairman of such meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of such meeting or, in the Secretary's absence, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary.

 

(b)         At each meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board (or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, such person designated as chairman of the meeting pursuant to Section 1.11(a) of these Bylaws) shall prescribe the order of business to be conducted at the meeting and establish procedures incident thereto. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the designated chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the Chairman of the Board or such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.

 

SECTION 1.12. VOTING LISTS. At least five (5) business days before each meeting of shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders' meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and number of shares so entitled to vote held by each, which list shall be on file at the principal office of the Corporation and subject to inspection by any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder's agent or attorney authorized in writing. Such list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and subject to the inspection of any shareholder, or the shareholder's agent or attorney authorized in writing, during the holding of such meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Corporation need not include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Unless otherwise required by law, the list prepared in accordance with this Section 1.12 shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders. Refusal or failure to prepare or make available the shareholders' list does not affect the validity of action taken at the meeting.

 

7
 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 2.1. NUMBER AND TERMS.

 

(a)         The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors consisting of at least three (3) Directors, but not more than eleven (11) Directors, with the actual number of Directors being fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, subject to the requirements of the Articles of Incorporation. A Director need not be a resident of the State of Indiana or a shareholder of the Corporation. The number of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by vote or resolution of the Board of Directors, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. Directors are elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders and shall be elected to serve for a term which shall expire at the next annual meeting of the shareholders.

 

(b)         Despite the expiration of a Director's term, the Director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until the earlier of his or her death, resignation, disqualification or removal, or until there is a decrease in the number of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, from whatever cause arising including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of Directors, shall be filled by selection of a successor by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors (although less than a quorum); provided, however, that if such vacancy or vacancies leave the Board of Directors with no members or if the remaining members of the Board are unable to agree upon a successor or determine not to select a successor, such vacancy may be filled by a vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose or at the next annual meeting of shareholders. The term of a Director elected or selected to fill a vacancy shall expire at the end of the term for which such Director's predecessor was elected, or if the vacancy arises because of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, at the end of the term specified at the time of election or selection. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date), may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 

(c)         The Directors and each of them shall have no authority to bind the Corporation except when acting as a Board.

 

(d)         The provisions of IC 23-1-33-6(c) regarding the requirement for corporations whose voting shares are registered under the Exchange Act to have a staggered Board of Directors shall not apply to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.2. RESIGNATION. A Director may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event.

 

8
 

 

SECTION 2.3. QUORUM AND VOTE REQUIRED TO TAKE ACTION. A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, except the filling of vacancies. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by the Indiana Business Corporation Law, the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 2.4. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. The Board of Directors shall meet annually, without notice, immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders, for the purpose of transacting such business as properly may come before the meeting. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors, in addition to said annual meeting, shall be held on such dates, at such times and at such places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and specified in a notice of each such regular meeting, or otherwise communicated to the Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time alter the date for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the entire Board of Directors upon not less than two (2) days' notice given to each Director of the date, time, and place of the meeting, which notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the special meeting. Such notice may be communicated in person (either by hand delivery of such notice or orally), by telephone, telegraph, teletype or other form of wire or wireless communication, by mail, or electronically, and shall be effective at the earlier of the time of its receipt or, if mailed, five (5) days after its mailing. Notice of any meeting of the Board may be waived in writing at any time if the waiver is in writing, is signed by the Director entitled to the notice and is filed with the minutes or corporate records. A Director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the Director of the meeting, unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon the Director's arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.6. WRITTEN CONSENTS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action must be evidenced by one (1) or more written consents, in one or more counterparts, describing the action taken, signed by each Director, delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken under this Section 2.6 is effective when the last Director signs the consent, unless (a) the consent specifies a different prior or subsequent effective date, in which case the action is effective on or as of the specified date, or (b) the action taken under this Section 2.6 is taken electronically as contemplated by IC 26-2-8, in which case the effective date is determined in accordance with IC 26-2-8. A consent signed under this Section 2.6 shall have the same effect as a unanimous meeting vote of all members of the Board and may be described as such in any document.

 

SECTION 2.7. PARTICIPATION OTHER THAN IN PERSON. The Board of Directors may permit any or all Directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by, or through the use of, any means of communication, such as conference telephone or webcast, by which all Directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A Director participating in a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.8.  COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may create one (1) or more committees and appoint members of the Board of Directors to serve on them by resolution of the Board of Directors adopted by a majority of all the Directors in office when the resolution is adopted. Each committee may exercise the authority of the Board of Directors to the extent specified in the resolution. Each committee may have one (1) or more members, and all the members of such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

9
 

 

SECTION 2.9. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may appoint three (3) members to an Executive Committee. The Executive Committee shall, subject to the restrictions of Section 2.13, be authorized to exercise the authority of the full Board of Directors at any times other than during regular or special meetings of the Board of Directors. All actions taken by the Executive Committee shall be reported at the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors following such actions. Members of the Executive Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.10. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors shall appoint two (2) or more members to a Compensation Committee. The duties of the Compensation Committee shall be as set forth in the written charter of such committee adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.11. AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors shall appoint three (3) or more members to an Audit Committee. The duties of the Audit Committee shall be as set forth in the written charter of such committee adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.12. NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors shall appoint two (2) or more members to a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The duties of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be as set forth in the written charter of such committee adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

  SECTION 2.13. LIMITATIONS ON COMMITTEES; NOTICE, QUORUM AND VOTING.

 

(a)          No committee established in these Bylaws or any other committee hereafter established may:

 

(1)         authorize dividends or other distributions, except a committee (or an executive officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors) may authorize or approve a reacquisition of shares or other distribution if done according to a formula or method, or within a range, prescribed by the Board of Directors;

 

(2)          approve or propose to shareholders action that is required to be approved by shareholders;

 

(3)         fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees;

 

(4)          except as permitted under Section 2.13(a)(7) below, amend the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation under IC 23-1-38-2;

 

(5)         adopt, amend or repeal provisions of these Bylaws;

 

(6)         approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; or

 

(7)          authorize or approve the issuance or sale or a contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares, except the Board of Directors may authorize a committee (or an executive officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors) to take the action described in this Section 2.13(a)(7) within limits prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

10
 

 

(b)           Except to the extent inconsistent with the resolutions creating a committee, Sections 2.1 through 2.7 of these Bylaws, which govern meetings, action without meetings, notice and waiver of notice, quorum and voting requirements and participation in meetings of the Board of Directors other than in person, apply to each committee and its members as well.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 3.1. DESIGNATION, SELECTION AND TERMS. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary, and may also consist of one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, and any other officers or assistant officers as it may from time to time determine by resolution creating the office and defining the duties thereof.  In addition, the Chief Executive Officer may, by a certificate of appointment creating the office and defining the duties and term thereof delivered to the Secretary for inclusion with the corporate records, from time to time create and appoint such Vice Presidents or assistant officers as he or she deems desirable. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors (or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer as provided above) and need not be selected from among the members of the Board of Directors, except for the Chairman of the Board, who shall be a member of the Board of Directors. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person. All officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and, with respect to officers appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, also at the pleasure of such officer. The election or appointment of an officer does not itself create contract rights.

 

SECTION 3.2. RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. An officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If a resignation is made effective at a later date and the Corporation accepts the future effective date, the Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board of Directors provides that the successor does not taken office until the effective date. The Board of Directors may remove any officer at any time with or without cause. An officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may also be removed at any time, with or without cause, by such officer. Vacancies in such offices, however occurring, may be filled by the Board of Directors at any meeting of the Board of Directors (or by appointment by the Chief Executive Officer, to the extent provided in Section 3.1 of these Bylaws). An officer's resignation or removal will not affect the officer's contract rights, if any, with the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.3. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from among the members of the Board of Directors, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and the shareholders and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time assign.

 

SECTION 3.4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors, shall have overall responsibility for the affairs of the Corporation, including responsibility for developing and attaining major corporate goals and implementing policies approved by the Board of Directors. In general, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and all such other duties and powers as, from time to time, may be assigned by the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, if he or she is a Director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which the Chief Executive Officer is in attendance.

 

11
 

 

The Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer's absence, the President, shall have full authority to execute proxies on behalf of the Corporation, to vote shares owned by it in any other corporation, and to execute, with the Secretary, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnership, or individuals the agent of the Corporation, all subject to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law.

 

SECTION 3.5. PRESIDENT. The President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers incident to the office of President and all such other duties and powers as, from time to time, may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or these Bylaws. Subject to the authority and direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the President may enter into, execute and deliver any agreement, instrument or document in the name and on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.6. VICE PRESIDENTS. Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, prescribe and as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may, from time to time, delegate to him or her.

 

SECTION 3.7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall have the custody and care of the corporate seal, if any, records, minutes and share books of the Corporation. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept in a book provided for the purpose, a true and complete record of the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform a like duty for all standing committees appointed by the Board of Directors, when required. The Secretary shall authenticate records, attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation, file and take charge of all papers and documents belonging to the Corporation and perform such other duties as these Bylaws may require or the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may prescribe or as are usual to such office.

 

SECTION 3.8. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the financial officer of the Corporation and shall keep correct and complete records of account, showing accurately at all times the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the legal custodian of all moneys, notes, security and other valuables which may, from time to time, come into the possession of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall immediately deposit all funds of the Corporation received by the Chief Financial Officer in a reliable bank or other depository to be designated by the Board of Directors, and shall keep such bank account in the name of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties as these Bylaws may require, as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may prescribe, or as are customary to the office.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

CHECKS

 

All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by such officers or persons as shall be designated from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and included in the minute book of the Corporation; and in the absence of such designation, such checks, drafts, or other orders for payment shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary.

 

12
 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

LOANS

 

Such of the officers of the Corporation as shall be designated from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and included in the minute book of the Corporation shall have the power, with such limitations thereon as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, to borrow money on the Corporation's behalf, to establish credit, to discount bills and papers, to pledge collateral, and to execute such notes, bonds, debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness, and such mortgages, trust indentures, and other instruments in connection therewith, as may be authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

The Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any other officer authorized by the Board of Directors may, in the Corporation's name, acting singly, sign all deeds, leases, contracts, or similar documents unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors or otherwise provided herein or in the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, or as otherwise required by law. Only one signature is required, unless otherwise provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

STOCK

 

SECTION 7.1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Unless the Board of Directors has authorized or directed that any shares of the Corporation of any class or series may be issued without a certificate, each shareholder of the Corporation, upon request to the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation, shall be entitled to a certificate for shares of the Corporation, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation (or a facsimile thereof), if any, affixed thereto. Where any such certificate is also signed by a transfer agent or a registrar, or both, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. The Corporation may issue and deliver any such certificate notwithstanding that any such officer who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature shall have been imprinted on, such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer.

 

The Secretary shall ensure that records of issuance of all uncertificated shares and the transfer, exchange, conversion, surrender or redemption thereof, shall be maintained at all times by the duly appointed transfer agent or agents of the Corporation, through a direct registration system or other book-entry record keeping system as the Secretary may approve. Any direction of the Board of Directors that any shares of any class or series shall be issued in uncertificated form shall not affect shares already represented by certificates until they are surrendered to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.2. CONTENTS. Each certificate issued shall state on its face the name of the Corporation and that it is organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, the name of the person to whom it is issued, the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents, and any restrictions on the transfer or registration of such shares of stock imposed by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement among shareholders or any agreement between shareholders and the Corporation and such other information as may be required under Indiana law. Each certificate shall state conspicuously on its front or back that the Corporation will furnish the shareholder, upon his written request and without charge, a summary of the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series).

 

13
 

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice that shall set forth the name of the Corporation and that it is organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, the name of the person to whom the shares have been issued, the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares represented, and any restrictions on the transfer or registration of such shares of stock imposed by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement among shareholders or any agreement between shareholders and the Corporation and such other information as may be required under Indiana law. The written notice shall further state that the Corporation will furnish the shareholder, upon his written request and without charge, a summary of the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series).

 

SECTION 7.3. TRANSFERS. Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by duly authorized attorney, on payment of all taxes thereon and, in the case of certificated shares, on surrender for cancellation of the certificate or certificates for such shares (except as hereinafter provided in the case of loss, destruction, or mutilation of certificates) properly endorsed by the holder thereof, or if such shares are uncertificated, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of such shares, in each case accompanied by the proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer.

 

SECTION 7.4. STOCK TRANSFER RECORDS. There shall be entered upon the stock records of the Corporation the number of each certificate issued, if applicable, the number, kind, and class of shares issued, the name and address of the registered holder of such shares, the date of issue, whether the shares are originally issued or transferred, the registered holder from whom transferred, and such other information as is commonly required to be shown by such records. The stock records of the Corporation shall be kept at its principal office, unless the Corporation appoints a transfer agent or registrar, in which case the Corporation shall keep at its principal office a complete and accurate shareholders' list giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each, which shall be updated periodically as determined by the Secretary, but not less frequently than quarterly, and which shall be updated as of each record date established with respect to a meeting of shareholders or other shareholder action. If a transfer agent is appointed by the Corporation, shareholders shall give written notice of any changes in their addresses from time to time to the transfer agent.

 

SECTION 7.5. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars and may require each stock certificate to bear the signature of either or both.  

 

SECTION 7.6. LOSS, DESTRUCTION, OR MUTILATION OF CERTIFICATES. The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction, or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him (a) a new certificate or certificates or (b) uncertificated shares in place of any certificate of certificates previously issued by the Corporation, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate, or, in the case of loss or destruction, upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the holder of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form, and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation, its transfer agents and registrars, if any, against any claim that may be made against them or any of them with respect to the shares represented by the certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost or destroyed, but the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, refuse to issue a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, save upon the order of a court having jurisdiction in such matters.

 

14
 

 

SECTION 7.7. FORM OF CERTIFICATES. The form of certificates for shares of the Corporation, if any, shall conform to the requirements of Section 7.2 of these Bylaws and be in such printed form as shall from time to time be approved by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CORPORATE BOOKS, RECORDS AND SEAL

 

SECTION 8.1. CORPORATE BOOKS AND RECORDS. The C orporation shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and Board of Directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or Board of Directors without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board of Directors in place of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation shall also maintain appropriate accounting records and a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each shareholder. The Corporation shall maintain its records in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form and shall keep a copy of the following records at its principal office:

 

(a)         The Articles of Incorporation and all amendments to them currently in effect;

 

(b)         The Bylaws and all amendments to them currently in effect;

 

(c)         Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors with respect to one (1) or more classes or series of shares and fixing their relative rights, preferences and limitations, if shares issued pursuant to those resolutions are outstanding;

 

(d)         The minutes of all shareholders' meetings, and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three (3) years;

 

(e)          All written communications to shareholders generally within the past three (3) years, including the financial statements furnished for the past three (3) years;

 

(f)         A list of the names and business addresses of its current Directors and officers; and

 

(g)          The most recent annual report delivered to the Indiana Secretary of State.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Indiana, the books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Indiana, as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution determine; but that absent such resolution, the books and records of this Corporation shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 8.2. SEAL. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall, if the Corporation elects to have one, be in the form of a disc, with the name of the Corporation and "INDIANA" on the periphery thereof and the word "SEAL" in the center. The Corporation shall not be required to have a seal.

 

15
 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 9.1. INDIANA BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW. The provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation law, as amended, applicable to all matters relevant to, but not specifically covered by, these Bylaws are hereby, by reference, incorporated in and made a part of these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 9.2. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and shall end on the last day of December in each year.

 

SECTION 9.3. ELECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY INDIANA CODE SECTION 23-1-43. Effective upon the registration of any class of the Corporation's shares under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Corporation shall be governed by the provisions of IC 23-1-43 regarding business combinations.

 

SECTION 9.4. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION STATUTE. The provisions of IC 23-1-42 shall apply to the acquisition of shares of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 9.5. AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed, and provisions hereof may be waived, at any meeting of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors at the time, except as otherwise required by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or by the Indiana Business Corporation Law.

 

SECTION 9.6. ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION. When used in these Bylaws, the terms "written" and "in writing" shall include any "electronic transmission" as defined in IC 23-1-20-8.5, including, without limitation, any telegraph, teletype, telegram, cablegram, facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication and communication by electronic mail.

 

SECTION 9.7. DEFINITION OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION. The term "Articles of Incorporation" as used in these Bylaws means the articles of incorporation of the Corporation as from time to time are in effect.

 

SECTION 9.8. MANDATORY CLASSIFIED BOARD STRUCTURE. The provisions of IC 23-1-33-6(c) shall not apply to the Corporation.

 

16

 

 

Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement
of
David B. Becker

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
1. Employment Term 1
     
2. Employment 1
     
3. Compensation 2
     
  (a)        Base Salary 2
     
  (b)        Bonus 2
     
4. Benefits 2
     
  (a)        COBRA Continuation 2
     
  (b)        During Employment Term 2
     
  (c)        Executive Benefits 3
     
5. Reimbursement of Business Expenses 3
     
6. Vacation and Sick Leave 3
     
  (a)        Vacation 3
     
  (b)        Sick Leave 3
     
7. Termination 3
     
  (a)        Cause 3
     
  (b)        Disability 4
     
  (c)        Good Reason 4
     
  (d)        Change in Control 5
     
8. Compensation Upon Termination 7
     
9. Nonrenewal of Employment Term 12
     
10. Section 280G. 13
     
11. Covenants of the Executive 13
     
  (a)        Confidential Information 13
     
  (b)        Ownership and Return of Documents 14
     
  (c)        Regulatory Matters 15
     
  (d)        Non-Competition 15
     
  (e)        Non-Solicitation 15
     
12. Injunctive Relief 16
     
13. Definitions 16
     
14. Successors and Assigns 18
     
15. Notice 18

 

i
 

 

16. Nonexclusivity of Rights 19
     
17. Indemnification 19
     
18. Miscellaneous 20
     
19. Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction 20
     
20. Severability 20
     
21. Voidability 20
     
22. Entire Agreement 20
     
23. Counterparts 20

 

ii
 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") effective on the 1st day of March, 2013 ("Effective Date") with regard to economic terms and otherwise effective upon execution, by and between First Internet Bank of Indiana (the "Bank"), First Internet Bancorp ("FIB") and David B. Becker (the "Executive").

 

WHEREAS, Bank and FIB desire to continue the employ of the Executive and the Executive wishes to continue to be employed by Bank and FIB;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive and Bank are parties to an Employment Agreement that was effective as of June 1, 2000 which was amended by Amendment No. 1, effective as of July 1, 2001 and which was also amended by Amendment No. 2, effective as of January 1, 2007;

 

WHEREAS, there have been changes to the Bank, including the formation of FIB, a bank holding company that owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank and the subsequent listing of FIB shares on the NASDAQ;

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and FIB have experienced successful growth and increased profits under the leadership of Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties intend that Executive will be and remain employed as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of both the Bank and FIB pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the respective agreements of the parties herein, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.            Employment Term . The "Employment Term" shall mean the continuous period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Executive's Termination Date. The Employment Term shall expire on December 31, 2013; provided , however , that, commencing on December 31 of each year, the Employment Term shall automatically be extended for a period of one (1) year unless the Bank, FIB or the Executive shall have given written notice to the others at least ninety (90) days before the then applicable December 31 that the Employment Term shall not be so extended.

 

2.            Employment .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Bank and FIB shall continue to employ the Executive and the Executive shall remain in their employ during the Employment Term. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be employed as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Bank and of FIB. The Executive shall perform the duties, undertake the responsibilities and exercise the authority customarily performed, undertaken and exercised by a person having the titles assigned to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

During the Employment Term, excluding periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote reasonably necessary and sufficient attention and time to the business and affairs of the Bank and FIB to discharge the responsibilities of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may (1) serve on corporate, civil or charitable boards or committees; (2) manage personal investments and other businesses so long as such businesses are not a Competing Enterprise; (3) deliver lectures, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities under this Agreement; and (4) pursue professional education at the Bank's or FIB's expense.

 

3.            Compensation .

 

(a)               Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Bank and FIB shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive an annual salary ("Base Salary") in the amount determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee ("Committee") of the FIB Board of Directors. The Bank and FIB may allocate the Base Salary and Annual Bonus between themselves however they deem reasonable. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank's or FIB's customary practices applicable to their executives and shall not be subject to unilateral reduction by the Bank or FIB at any time during the Employment Term. The Committee shall review and determine the Executive's Base Salary and any other compensation matters at least annually.

 

(b)               Bonus . During the Employment Term, in addition to Base Salary, the Executive: (1) shall, upon the approval of the Committee, participate in the annual bonus plan in place for the senior executives of the Bank and/or FIB (the "Annual Bonus"); and (2) may be awarded additional compensation, benefits or consideration as, how and when the Committee, in its sole discretion, believe such additional compensation should be paid.

 

4.            Benefits

 

(a)               COBRA Continuation . For so long as the Executive and/or his spouse or dependents are eligible to receive continuation coverage provided under COBRA, and the Executive and/or his spouse or dependents are paying the premiums for such coverage, the Bank and/or FIB shall reimburse the Executive and/or his dependents for the premiums paid to continue the coverage.

 

(b)               During Employment Term . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Bank and/or FIB and made available to employees generally, including, without limitation, any pension, retirement, savings, medical, hospitalization, disability, dental, life or travel accident insurance benefit plans. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive's participation in such plans, practices and programs shall be on the same basis and terms as are applicable to employees of the Bank and/or FIB generally.

 

2
 

 

(c)               Executive Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all executive benefit or incentive compensation plans maintained or established by the Bank and/or FIB for the purpose of providing compensation and/or benefits to some or all of their executives including, but not limited to, any supplemental retirement, salary continuation, stock option, equity incentive, deferred compensation, supplemental medical or life insurance or other bonus or incentive compensation plans (the "Executive Benefits"). Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by the Committee, the Executive's benefits under, and the Executive's participation in, such Executive Benefits shall be on the same basis and terms as are applicable to executives of the Bank and/or FIB generally.

 

5.            Reimbursement of Business Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement of all expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties for promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business or interests of Bank and/or FIB.

 

6.            Vacation and Sick Leave . During the Employment Term, at such reasonable times as the Boards shall in their discretion permit, the Executive shall be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment under this Agreement, provided that:

 

(a)                 Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the employment policies of Bank and/or FIB; provided, however, that in no event shall the Executive's annual vacation entitlement be less than four (4) weeks per year. Executive will be entitled to carry over any unused vacation from one fiscal year to the next or not in accordance with Bank and/or FIB policy.

 

(b)                 Sick Leave . The Executive shall be entitled to sick leave (without loss of pay) in accordance with the Bank's and/or FIB's policies in effect from time to time.

 

7.            Termination . The Executive's employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a)                 Cause . The Bank and/or FIB may terminate the Executive's employment for "Cause." For purposes of this Agreement, for "Cause" means:

 

(i) the Executive, after the exhaustion of all rights of appeal, has been convicted of, or pled nolo contendere to, a felony that involves fraud, dishonesty, unlawful risks to Bank or FIB or moral turpitude; or

 

3
 

 

(ii) the Executive (1) either (x) intentionally and continually failed substantially to perform his reasonably assigned duties or breaches the covenants contained in Section 11 of this Agreement (other than a failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from the assignment to the Executive of duties that would constitute Good Reason), which failure has continued for a period of at least thirty (30) days after a written notice of the specific failure and demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized member of the Boards, has been delivered to the Executive specifying the steps reasonably required for the Executive to cure the nonperformance, or (y) intentionally engaged in conduct which has been demonstrably and materially injurious to the Bank or FIB and (2) the termination is evidenced by a resolution adopted in good faith by more than two-thirds (2/3) of the Bank Board of Directors and the FIB Board of Directors (collectively "Boards").

 

(b)                 Disability . The Bank and/or FIB may terminate the Executive's employment if the Executive's Disability has been established. A termination under this paragraph (b) by either Bank or FIB shall be treated as a termination by both. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Executive's ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for three (3) consecutive months or for six (6) months in any consecutive 12-month period. The Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for any period during the Employment Term and prior to the establishment of the Executive's Disability. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, until the Termination Date specified in a Notice of Termination delivered by one or both of the Boards to the Executive relating to the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to return to his positions as set forth in this Agreement in which event no Disability of the Executive will be deemed to have occurred.

 

(c)                 Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment after "Good Reason," which shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions:

 

(i) a change in the Executive's status, title, position or responsibilities or reporting requirements; the assignment to the Executive of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with his status, title, position, responsibilities or reporting requirements; or any removal of the Executive from or failure to appoint or elect or reappoint or reelect him to any of the offices or positions Executive holds, including Executive's position on the Boards, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, or as a result of his death or by the Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

4
 

 

(ii) the failure by the Bank or FIB to pay the Executive any portion of the Executive's current compensation within thirty (30) days of the date such compensation is due; or

 

(iii) a reduction in the Executive's Base Salary, or a reduction in his participation in the Annual Bonus or Executive Benefits.

 

(d)                 Change in Control . Change in Control means one of the following:

 

(i) The acquisition, within a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Securities and Exchange Act, as amended (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of FIB entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute an acquisition of control: (A) any acquisition by a Person who, immediately before the commencement of the 12-month period, already held beneficial ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of that combined voting power; (B) any acquisition directly from FIB (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege); (C) any acquisition by FIB; (D) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by FIB or any corporation controlled by FIB; or (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger or consolidation, if, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) below are satisfied;

 

(ii) The replacement of at least fifty-five percent (55%) of members of one or both of the Boards during any 12-month period, by members who are not Continuing Directors;

 

5
 

 

(iii) A reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, unless, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation: (A) more than fifty-five percent (55%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding FIB common stock and outstanding FIB voting securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the outstanding FIB stock and outstanding FIB voting securities, as the case may be; (B) no Person (excluding FIB, any employee benefit plan or related trust of FIB or such corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the outstanding FIB common stock or outstanding voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (C) at least fifty-five (55%) of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

 

(iv) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of FIB or the Bank or of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Bank, other than any of the following dispositions of such assets or securities: (A) to a corporation with respect to which following such sale or other disposition (i) more than fifty-five percent (55%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding FIB common stock and outstanding FIB voting securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the outstanding FIB common stock and outstanding FIB voting securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding FIB and any employee benefit plan or related trust of FIB, the Bank or such corporation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the outstanding FIB common stock or outstanding FIB voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least fifty-five percent (55%) of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the FIB Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of the FIB Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of FIB; (B) to a shareholder of FIB in exchange for or with respect to its stock; (C) to a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total value or voting power of all outstanding stock of FIB; or (D) to an entity, at least fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by FIB or by a Person described in clause (iii).

 

6
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon an event described in this Section 7 unless the event would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of, FIB or the Bank under Code Section 409A.

 

8.            Compensation Upon Termination . Upon termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits set forth below. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 8 by seeking other employment or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive in any subsequent employment except as provided in subsection 8(b)(v), 8(c)(iv) and 8(d)(iv).

 

(a) If the Executive's employment shall be terminated (1) by the Bank or FIB for Cause or (2) by the Executive voluntarily other than for Good Reason, the Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive all amounts earned or accrued through the Termination Date but not paid as of the Termination Date, including (i) Base Salary, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Bank or FIB during the period ending on the Termination Date, (iii) earned but unused vacation pay, and (iv) earned but unused sick leave (collectively, "Accrued Compensation"). The Executive shall also receive any other benefits which may be due Executive in accordance with Bank or FIB policy and procedures or separate written agreement.

 

(b) If the Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Executive's death or Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

 

7
 

 

(i) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation.

 

(ii) In the event of death, the Bank or FIB shall pay, within thirty (30) days, the Executive's dependents and/or estate, a cash payment in an amount equal to 120% of the cash portion of the Annual Bonus awarded by the Bank and/or FIB to Executive based on the Executive's performance during the calendar year prior to the Termination Date ("Replacement Bonus").

 

(iii) In the event of Disability, the Bank or FIB shall pay Executive, as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive's then current Base Salary plus (B) the Replacement Bonus, in twelve (12) equal and successive monthly payments, without interest, commencing on the first day of the month immediately following the Termination Date.

 

(iv) (A) To the fullest extent permitted by law and contract, the restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards (including restricted stock and granted performance shares or units) granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement under Bank's or FIB's equity incentive plans or under any other incentive arrangement shall lapse and the shares underlying those incentive plan or arrangement shall become 100% vested and, if permissible under applicable law, freely transferable; all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall become 100% vested; and all performance units granted to the Executive shall become 100% vested and (B) subject to applicable legal limitations and, where required, regulatory approval, in addition to all rights the Executive would have to retain or transfer FIB's or Bank's shares acquired pursuant to stock-based awards, the Executive shall have the right to require FIB or Bank to purchase, for cash, any shares of unrestricted stock or shares purchased upon exercise of any options, at a price equal to the fair market value (defined as the NASDAQ daily "closing" price averaged over the calendar month preceding the Termination Date) of such shares.

 

8
 

 

(v) For a number of months equal to the number of months remaining under the Employment Term in effect on the Termination Date (the "Continuation Period"), the Bank and/or FIB shall, at their expense, procure on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries a benefit package containing the life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits equal to those provided to the Executive prior to the Termination Date or reimburse the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries the cost of such continuation. The coverage and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided in this Section during the Continuation Period shall be no less favorable to the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries, than the most favorable of such coverages and benefits on the Termination Date. The obligations of Bank and/or FIB hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive or his dependents or beneficiaries obtain any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer's benefit plans, in which case the Bank and/or FIB may reduce the amount of any benefits they are required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans are no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (v) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of FIB's or Bank's employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive's termination or employment, including without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits.

 

(c) If the Executive's employment with the Bank or FIB shall be terminated other than in connection with a Change in Control or a Nonrenewal of Employment Term as provided in Section 9, (1) by the Bank or FIB other than for Cause, Disability, or death or (2) by the Executive for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

 

(vi) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation and a Replacement Bonus.

 

(vii) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive, as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount equal to two times the sum of (A) the Executive's then current Base Salary plus (B) the Replacement Bonus, in twelve (12) equal and successive monthly payments, without interest, commencing on the first day of the month immediately following the Termination Date.

 

9
 

 

(viii) (A) To the fullest extent permitted by law and contract, the restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards (including restricted stock and granted performance shares or units) granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement under the Bank's or FIB's equity based plans or under any other incentive arrangement shall lapse and the shares underlying such incentive plans or arrangement shall become 100% vested and, if permissible under applicable law, freely transferable; all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall become 100% vested; and all performance units granted to the Executive shall become 100% vested and (B) subject to applicable legal limitations and, where required, regulatory approval, in addition to all rights the Executive would have to retain or transfer FIB's or Bank's shares acquired pursuant to stock-based awards, the Executive shall have the right to require the Bank or FIB to purchase, for cash, any shares of unrestricted stock or shares purchased upon exercise of any options, at a price equal to the fair market value (defined as the NASDAQ daily "closing" price averaged over the calendar month preceding the Termination Date) of such shares..

 

(ix) For the Continuation Period, the Bank or FIB shall, at their expense, procure on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries a benefit package containing the life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits equal to those provided to the Executive prior to the Termination Date or shall reimburse the Executive and his dependants and beneficiaries the costs of such continuation. The Bank's and/or FIB's obligations hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer's benefit plans, in which case the Bank and/or FIB may reduce the amount of any benefits they are required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans are no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (iv) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of the Bank's or FIB's employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive's termination of employment, including without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits.

 

(d) If the Executive's employment with the Bank or FIB shall be terminated or not renewed within twelve (12) months of a Change in Control or the Executive resigns from Bank and FIB within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

 

(x) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation.

 

(xi) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive, as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount equal to (A) three (3) times the sum of the Executive's then current Base Salary plus (B) two (2) times the Replacement Bonus, in twelve (12) equal and successive monthly payments, without interest, commencing on the first day of the month immediately following the Termination Date.

 

10
 

 

(xii) (A) To the fullest extent permitted by law and contract, the restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards (including restricted stock and granted performance shares or units) granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement under the Bank's or FIB's equity-based plans or under any other incentive arrangement shall lapse and the shares underlying such incentive plan or arrangement shall become 100% vested and, if permissible under applicable law, freely transferable; all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall become 100% vested; and all performance units granted to the Executive shall become 100% vested and (B) subject to applicable legal limitations and, where required, regulatory approval, in addition to all rights the Executive would have to retain or transfer the Bank's or FIB's shares acquired pursuant to stock-based awards, the Executive shall have the right to require the Bank or FIB to purchase, for cash, any shares of unrestricted stock or shares purchased upon exercise of any options, at a price equal to the fair market value (defined as the NASDAQ daily "closing" price averaged over the calendar month preceding the Termination Date) of such shares.

 

(xiii) For the Continuation Period, the Bank or FIB shall, at their expense, procure on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries a benefit package containing the life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits equal to those provided to the Executive prior to the Termination Date or reimburse the Executive, his spouse, dependants and beneficiaries the costs of such continuation. The Bank's and FIB's obligations hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer's benefit plans, in which case the Bank and/or FIB may reduce the amount of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans are no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (iv) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of the Bank's or FIB's employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive's termination of employment, including without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits.

 

11
 

 

(xiv) The Bank or FIB shall make payment of, or reimburse Executive for the costs, fees and expenses of outplacement assistance services (not to exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Executive's then current Base Salary) provided by any person or firm selected by the Executive.

 

9.            Nonrenewal of Employment Term . If the Bank or FIB gives notice to the Executive that the automatic extension of the Employment Term under Section 1 shall cease, and a Change in Control has not occurred, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits set forth below. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive in any subsequent employment except as provided in clause (c) of this Section 9.

 

(a) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation and a Replacement Bonus.

 

(b) The Bank or FIB shall pay the Executive, as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount equal to two times the sum of (A) the Executive's then current Base Salary plus (B) the Replacement Bonus, in twelve (12) equal and successive monthly payments, without interest, commencing on the first day of the month immediately following the Termination Date.

 

(c) For one full year after the Termination Date, the Bank or FIB shall, at its expense, procure on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries a benefit package containing the life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits equal to those provided to the Executive prior to the Termination Date or reimburse the Executive for the costs of continuation. The Bank's or FIB's obligations hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to subsequent employer's benefit plans, in which case the Bank or FIB may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (c) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of the Bank's or FIB's employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive's termination of employment, including without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits.

 

12
 

 

10.          Section 280G .

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or distribution of any type to or for the benefit of the Executive by the Bank or FIB, any Affiliate of the Bank or FIB, any person who acquires ownership or effective control of the Bank or FIB or ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank's assets (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the regulations thereunder), or any Affiliate of such person, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Total Payments") is or will be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then the Total Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that a reduction in the Total Payments would result in the Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax), than if the Executive received the entire amount of such Total Payments. Unless the Executive shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Bank or FIB to effectuate the foregoing, the Bank or FIB shall reduce or eliminate the Total Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Total Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Executive's rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

 

(b) The determination of whether the Total Payments shall be reduced as provided in Section 10(a) and the amount of such reduction shall be made at the Bank's or FIB's expense by an accounting firm selected by the Bank or FIB (the "Accounting Firm"). The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the "Determination"), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation to the Bank, FIB and the Executive within ten (10) days of the Termination Date. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with respect to the Total Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Executive that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to any such payments and, absent manifest error, such Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Bank, FIB and the Executive.

 

11.          Covenants of the Executive

 

(a)                 Confidential Information. In connection with his employment, Executive will have access to Trade Secrets. During and after his employment, regardless of the reasons that such employment ends, Executive shall:

 

13
 

 

(i) hold all Trade Secrets in confidence and not discuss, communicate or transmit to others, or make any unauthorized copy of or use the Trade Secrets in any capacity, position or business except as it directly relates to Executive's employment by the Bank and/or FIB;

 

(ii) use the Trade Secrets only in furtherance of proper employment related reasons of the Bank and/or FIB to further the interests of the Bank and/or FIB;

 

(iii) take all reasonable actions that the Bank and/or FIB deems necessary or appropriate to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of or to protect the interests of the Bank or FIB in the Trade Secrets; and

 

(iv) acknowledge that any of the Trade Secrets, whether prepared by Executive or which may come into Executive's possession during Executive's employment hereunder, are and remain the property of the Bank and/or FIB, and all such Trade Secrets, including copies thereof, together with all other property belonging to any of the Bank, FIB or their Affiliates, or used in their respective businesses, shall be delivered to or left with the Bank or FIB.

 

Section 12(a) of this Agreement does not apply to (A) information that by means other than the deliberate or inadvertent disclosure by any employee or agent of the Bank or FIB becomes well known to the public; or (B) disclosure compelled by judicial or administrative proceedings after Executive diligently tries to avoid each disclosure and affords the Bank and/or FIB the opportunity to obtain assurance that compelled disclosures will receive confidential treatment.

 

(b)                 Ownership and Return of Documents . All memoranda, notes, records, electronic records, smart phones, papers or other documents and all copies of such documents or records relating to the operations or business of the Bank or FIB, some of which may have been prepared by the Executive, and all objects associated with the documents or records in any way obtained or controlled by the Executive shall be the property of the Bank or FIB. The Executive shall not, except for Bank's or FIB's use, copy or duplicate any of the aforementioned documents or objects. The Executive shall not remove the aforementioned documents or objects from the Bank's or FIB's facilities nor use any information concerning them either during the Executive's employment, or at any other time, except for the Bank's or FIB's benefit or upon the Bank's or FIB's request. All of the aforementioned documents and objects that may be in his possession shall be delivered to the Bank or FIB upon termination of the Executive's employment.

 

14
 

 

(c)                 Regulatory Matters . The Bank and FIB are regulated by federal and state law and their business requires the complete confidence of the regulators and their customers if they are to prosper. Accordingly, Executive shall act in good faith and use his commercially reasonable efforts consistent with prudent banking practices to (i) maintain compliance with applicable federal and state laws, and (ii) preserve and improve the good will, growth and reputation of the Bank in the banking and e-commerce communities.

 

(d)                 Non-Competition . The Bank, FIB and the Executive acknowledge that the services rendered by the Executive hereunder are special, unique and irreplaceable. By and in consideration of the Bank's and FIB's entering into this Agreement and the compensation and benefits to be provided hereunder, and further in consideration of the Executive's exposure to the proprietary information of the Bank, FIB and their Affiliates, the Executive shall not, during the Employment Term and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, directly own, manage, operate, join, control, be employed by or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be connected in any manner, including, but not limited to, holding the position of shareholder, director, officer, consultant, independent contractor, employee, partner, or investor, with any Competing Enterprise.

 

The Executive may, without violating the foregoing restrictions own no more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of a Competing Enterprise so long as he is a passive investor and is not an Affiliate of the Competing Enterprise.

 

(e)                 Non-Solicitation . During the Employment Term and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly interfere with the Bank's or FIB's relationships with, or endeavor to entice away from the Bank or FIB, any person who then was an employee, vendor, consultant, independent contractor or customer of the Bank or FIB or who otherwise had a material business relationship with the Bank or FIB on the date of Termination.

 

15
 

 

12.          Injunctive Relief. In addition to money damages and the right of the Bank or FIB to offset payments to the Executive for any material breaches of this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to compensate the Bank or FIB fully for damages for any violation of the provisions of this Agreement. Accordingly, the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Bank and/or FIB shall each be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement without the posting of any bond and that such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual damages. This provision with respect to injunctive relief shall not, however, diminish the right of the Bank or FIB to offset, or to claim and recover damages in addition to injunctive relief. The Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of Indiana located in Hamilton County (unless such courts assert no jurisdiction, in which case he consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Courts in the Southern District of Indiana) for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and shall not commence any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to his address set forth in this Agreement shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against him in any such court. The Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement, in the state courts of Indiana located in Hamilton County, (unless such courts assert no jurisdiction, in which case he consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Indiana) and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or to claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought under this section in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

13.          Definitions . In addition to other terms defined herein, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

 

" Affiliate " shall mean any entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling or under common control of the Bank or FIB or any corporation or other entity acquiring, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all the assets and business of the Bank or FIB, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

 

" Competing Enterprise " shall mean any person, corporation, partnership or other entity, whose main business in the United States is to deliver banking products or services.

 

" Continuing Director " means an individual (i) who is, as of the Effective Date, a director of the Bank or FIB, or (ii) who is elected as a director of the Bank or FIB subsequent to the Effective Date and whose initial election, or nomination for initial election by Bank's or FIB’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Continuing Directors; provided, however, that no individual shall be considered a Continuing Director if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (defined as any solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 promulgated under the Exchange Act by any person or Group for the purpose of opposing a solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 by any other person or Group with respect to the election or removal of directors at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of FIB or Bank) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or Group other than the Boards (a "Proxy Contest"), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest.

 

" Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice of termination of the Executive's employment, signed by the Executive if to the Bank or FIB or signed by a duly authorized member of the Boards if to the Executive, which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement, if any, relied upon and which sets forth in detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated. Any purported termination by the Bank or FIB or by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other. For purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination of employment shall be effective without such Notice of Termination.

 

16
 

 

" Successor and Assign " shall mean, with respect to FIB or Bank, a corporation or other entity acquiring all or substantially all the equity securities or assets and business of the Bank or FIB, as the case may be (including this Agreement), whether by operation of law or otherwise.

 

" Termination Date " shall mean (a) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death as set forth in a Certificate of Death issued by an authorized officer, (b) if the Executive's employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given to the Executive (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period) and (c) if the Executive's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause shall not be less than two (2) days, and in the case of a termination for Good Reason shall not be less than ten (10) days, from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

 

" Trade Secrets " shall mean any of the following:

 

" Business Operating Information ," including the methodology used by the Bank or FIB from time to time to integrate technology with financial services and the delivery of those services and products to the customer and prospective customers of the Bank or FIB;

 

" Financial Information ," including, but not limited to, information relating to the Bank's or FIB's earnings, assets, liabilities, prices, data on risks, pricing structure, volume of purchases or sales or other financial data;

 

" Supply and Service Information ," including, but not limited to, information relating to goods and services, suppliers' names or addresses, terms of supply or service contracts or of particular transactions, or related information about potential suppliers, and the extent that the combination of suppliers or use of a particular supplier, though generally known or available, yields advantages to the Bank or FIB, details of which are not generally known in the banking industry;

 

" Marketing Information ," including, but not limited to, information relating to details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Bank or FIB, sales forecasts, advertising formats and methods or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions;

 

17
 

 

" Personal Information ," including, but not limited to, information relating to employees' personal or medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefor, training methods, performance, or other employee information; and

 

" Customer Information ," including, but not limited to, information relating to past, existing or prospective customers, their addresses or backgrounds, records of agreements and prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Bank, status of customers' accounts or credit, as well as customer lists, provided , however , that Trade Secrets shall not include any information that the Executive can show (a) by writings preceding the first date of his employment, to be already rightfully in the possession of the Executive without obligation of confidence; (b) is or becomes publicly available without breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties or any agreement under which the parties are beneficiaries; (c) is rightfully received by the Executive from a third party who is not under an obligation of confidence; or (d) is required to be disclosed pursuant to court order or applicable law provided that the Executive gives reasonable notice to the Bank or FIB or such Affiliated Entity of either prior to any disclosure.

 

14.          Successors and Assigns

 

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, FIB and their Successors and Assigns, and the Bank and/or FIB shall require any Successor or Assign to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank or FIB would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place. The term "Bank" and the term "FIB" as used herein shall include such Successors and Assigns.

 

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Executive, his dependants, beneficiaries or legal representatives, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal personal representative.

 

15.          Notice . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement (including the Notice of Termination) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (i) personally delivered; (ii) (A) two (2) business days after the date of mailing if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (B) one (1) day after delivery to the courier if sent by overnight courier with proof of delivery; addressed to the respective address listed below or the respective address last given by each party to the other if different than that listed below, provided that all notices to the Bank or FIB shall be directed to the attention of the Secretary of the Boards with a copy to the Secretary of the Bank or FIB, as the case may be.

 

18
 

 

If to the Executive:

 

David B. Becker
7602 E. 88th Place
Indianapolis, IN 46256

 

If to First Internet Bank of Indiana:

 

First Internet Bank of Indiana
8888 Keystone Crossing
Suite 1700
Indianapolis, IN 46240
Attention: Secretary of the Board

 

If to First Internet Bancorp:

 

First Internet Bancorp
8888 Keystone Crossing
Suite 1700
Indianapolis, IN 46240
Attention: Secretary of the Board

 

16.          Nonexclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Bank or FIB or any of their subsidiaries and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the Executive may have under any other agreements with the Bank or FIB or any of their subsidiaries. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Bank or FIB or any of their subsidiaries shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

17.          Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Bank and FIB shall indemnify and hold harmless Executive from and against any and all losses, claims, expenses, damages, or liabilities to which Executive may become subject in connection with the performance or nonperformance of duties under this Agreement except to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability results from Executive's intentional misconduct. If for any reason other than Executive's intentional misconduct the foregoing indemnification is unavailable or insufficient to hold Executive harmless, then the Bank shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Executive in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Bank and/or FIB on the one hand and Executive on the other but also the relative fault of the Bank and/or FIB and the Executive, as well as any relevant equitable contributions.

 

In the event of termination of Executive's employment for any reason, the Executive shall continue to be entitled to indemnification by the Bank and/or FIB for liability arising from Executive's acts or failure to act to the same extent and under the same circumstances as provided to the Executive by law and by the Bank's and/or FIB's charter, by-laws, contracts and other arrangements.

 

19
 

 

18.          Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive, the Bank and FIB. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

19.          Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction . All unresolved disputes arising under this Agreement which do not involve requests for injunctive relief shall be submitted to arbitration in the city of Indianapolis, Indiana, under the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. This Agreement and the relationship between the Bank, FIB and Executive shall be construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana and applicable federal law without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

20.          Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

 

21.          Voidability . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Bank is determined by Regulators to be "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized" as these terms are used in Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1831o, as the same may be amended from time to time, this entire Agreement shall become null and void and its provisions shall have no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Bank and/or FIB are determined by Regulators to be in "troubled condition" then the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation dealing with payments to institution affiliated parties shall take precedence over the terms of this Agreement,

 

22.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

23.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[signature page follows]

 

20
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement this 28 th day of March, 2013.

 

  "BANK"
   
  First Internet Bank of Indiana
     
  By: /s/ Jerry Williams
  Name:  Jerry Williams
  Title:  Chairman, Compensation Committee
     
  "FIB"
   
  First Internet Bancorp
     
  By: /s/ Jerry Williams
  Name: Jerry Williams
  Title:  Chairman, Compensation Committee
     
  "EXECUTIVE"
     
  /s/ David B. Becker
  David B. Becker

 

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL TERMINATION BENEFITS AGREEMENT

 

This Change in Control Termination Benefits Agreement (" Agreement ") is made and entered into as of January 14, 2013, by and between FIRST INTERNET BANCORP, an Indiana corporation (the " Company "), and KAY WHITAKER (" Executive ").

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, the Company is the parent company of First Internet Bank of Indiana, an Indiana financial institution (the " Bank "); and

 

WHEREAS, Executive is employed as a senior officer of the Bank as of the date of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Executive also serves as a senior officer of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company believes that Executive will make valuable contributions to the productivity and profitability of the Bank and the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to encourage Executive to continue to make such contributions and not to seek or accept employment elsewhere; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company, therefore, desires to assure Executive of certain benefits in case of any termination or significant redefinition of the terms of her employment with the Bank subsequent to any Change in Control of the Company;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants herein contained and the mutual benefits herein provided, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           The term of this Agreement shall be from the date hereof through December 31, 2013; provided, however, that commencing on January 1, 2014, and each anniversary thereof, this Agreement shall be automatically extended for successive terms of one (1) year each unless either party provides written notice not to so extend to the other party at least sixty (60) calendar days before the end of the then current term, in which case no further automatic extension shall occur; and provided further that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Change in Control of the Company occurs during the term of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended to the second annual anniversary of the Change in Control, at which time the Agreement will expire.

 

2.           As used in this Agreement, " Change in Control " of the Company means:

 

 
 

 

(A)         The acquisition, within a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (a " Person ") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute an acquisition of control: (i) any acquisition by a Person who, immediately before the commencement of the 12-month period, already held beneficial ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of that combined voting power; (ii) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege), (iii) any acquisition by the Company, (iv) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (v) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger or consolidation, if, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (C) below are satisfied;

 

(B)         The replacement of at least fifty-five percent (55%) of members of the Board of Directors of the Company during any 12-month period, by members whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election;

 

(C)         A reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, unless, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more than fifty-five percent (55%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the outstanding Company stock and outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding the Company, any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the outstanding Company common stock or outstanding voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least fifty-five (55%) of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation;

 

(D)         A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

- 2 -
 

 

(E)         The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Bank, other than any of the following dispositions of such assets or securities: (i) to a corporation with respect to which following such sale or other disposition (x) more than fifty-five percent (55%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the outstanding Company common stock and outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be, (y) no Person (excluding the Company and any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company or such corporation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the outstanding Company common stock or outstanding Company voting securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (z) at least fifty-five percent (55%) of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of the Company; (ii) to a shareholder of the Company in exchange for or with respect to its stock; (iii) to a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total value or voting power of all outstanding stock of the Company; or (iv) to an entity, at least fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or directly, by the Company or by a Person described in clause (iii).

Despite any other provision of this Section 2 to the contrary, an occurrence shall not constitute a Change in Control if it does not constitute a change in the ownership or effective control, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of, the Company within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code "), and its interpretive regulations.

 

3.           Subject to Sections 5, 6 and 8, the Company shall provide Executive with the benefits set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement upon any termination of Executive's employment by the Company within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control for any reason except the following:

 

(A)         Termination of employment by reason of Executive's death.

 

- 3 -
 

 

(B)         Termination of employment by reason of Executive's Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Disability ” means either (i) when Executive is deemed disabled and entitled to benefits in accordance with any Company-provided long-term disability insurance policy or plan, if any is applicable, covering Executive, (ii) the inability of Executive, because of injury, illness, disease or bodily or mental infirmity, to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of her job for more than ninety (90) consecutive days, or (iii) the inability of Executive, because of injury, illness, disease or bodily or mental infirmity, to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of her job for more than one hundred twenty (120) days during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months.

 

(C)         Termination of employment after Executive has reached her normal retirement date, which for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the end of the month during which Executive reaches sixty-five (65) years of age.

 

(D)         Termination of employment for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction for, or pleading no contest to, a felony, any crime involving moral turpitude, or any crime that is injurious to the financial condition, reputation or goodwill of the Company (or any of its Affiliates); (ii) Executive’s misappropriation of any of the Company's (or any of its Affiliate's) property; (iii) Executive’s engaging in any fraudulent or dishonest conduct in her dealings with, or on behalf of, the Company (or any of its Affiliates); (iv) Executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful instructions of the Executive's superior or of the Company's Board of Directors (other than any such failure or refusal resulting from Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), if such failure or refusal continues for a period of ten (10) days after the Company provides Executive with written notice stating the instructions which Executive has failed or refused to follow; (v) Executive’s breach of her obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company (or the Bank) and such breach, if curable, remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days after the Company provides Executive with written notice of such breach; (vi) Executive’s material violation of any of the Company's (or the Bank's) written policies or procedures, including, without limitation, any employee policies, business ethics policies or code of conduct policies, and such violation, if curable, remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days after the Company provides Executive with written notice of such violation; (vii) Executive's engaging in any willful misconduct which is injurious to the financial condition, reputation or goodwill of the Company (or any of its Affiliates); (viii) Executive's violation of any law or regulation in the course of performance of her job duties; or (ix) Executive's misuse of alcohol or drugs which materially interferes with Executive's performance of her duties for the Company or which is injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company (or any of its Affiliates).

 

4.           Subject to Sections 5, 6 and 8, the Company shall also provide Executive with the benefits set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement if Executive terminates her employment for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, the term " Good Reason " means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's consent: (a) a reduction by the Company in Executive's base salary from the level of such salary immediately prior to the Change in Control; (b) a material change in Executive's status, title, position, responsibilities or reporting requirements which represents a material adverse change in her status, title, position or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; or (c) the Company relocates Executive's principal place of employment to a location that is more than thirty (30) miles from Indianapolis, Indiana, or the Company office or facility at which Executive was based immediately prior to such relocation.

 

- 4 -
 

 

5.           Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision hereof, for purposes of this Agreement, the termination of Executive's employment shall mean the termination of Executive's employment with the Company, the Bank and all Affiliates; provided, however, no such event shall constitute a termination of employment unless it constitutes a "separation of service" under Code Section 409A and its interpretive regulations and other regulatory guidance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term " Affiliate " means the Bank or any other Person (i) that owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power, voting equity securities, or other equity interests of the Company or of another entity that owns such a majority interest in the Company or (ii) of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by another entity of which the Company owns such a majority interest.

 

6.           Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision hereof, if, immediately after the Change in Control, Executive is employed with the Change in Control Successor, no termination of employment will be deemed to have occurred at the time of the Change in Control, provided the Change in Control Successor has assumed the obligation to perform this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term " Change in Control Successor " means any Person that acquires or succeeds to the Company's business in a Change in Control transaction or any of such Person's Affiliates.

 

7.           Any termination by Company of Executive's employment as contemplated by Section 3 hereof (except subsection 3(A)) or any resignation by Executive as contemplated by Section 4 hereof shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto. Any notice given by Executive pursuant to Section 4 or given by the Company in connection with a termination as to which the Company believes it is not obligated to provide Executive with benefits set forth in Section 8 hereof shall indicate the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination.

 

8.           Subject to the conditions and exceptions set forth in Section 3 and Section 4 hereof, the following benefits, less any amounts required to be withheld therefrom under any applicable federal, state or local income tax, other tax, or social security laws or similar statutes, shall be paid to Executive:

 

(A)         Executive shall be paid, at her then effective salary, for services performed through the date of the termination or her employment in accordance with applicable law.

 

- 5 -
 

 

(B)         Subject to subsections 8(C) and 8(D) hereof, within thirty (30) days following such a qualifying termination of employment, Executive shall be paid a lump sum payment of an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive's base annual salary as of the date of termination of Executive's employment plus (ii) the Imputed Bonus (the " Severance Amount "). For purposes of this Agreement, the term " Imputed Bonus " means the greater of (a) the annual bonus Executive received for the most recent year end or (b) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Executive's base annual salary as of the date of termination of Executive's employment.

 

(C)         Executive acknowledges and agrees that payment of the Severance Amount in accordance with subsection 8(B) shall be deemed to constitute a full settlement and discharge of any and all obligations of the Company to Executive arising out of her employment with the Company (and any Affiliate) and the termination thereof, except for any vested rights Executive may then have under any insurance, pension, supplemental pension, thrift, employee stock ownership, or stock option plans sponsored or made available by the Company. Executive acknowledges and agrees that as a condition to receiving the Severance Amount pursuant to subsection 8(B), Executive will execute and deliver to the Company a release agreement in a form prepared by and satisfactory to the Company (the " Release Agreement ") pursuant to which Executive will release and waive all claims against the Company, its Affiliates (including the Bank) and all of its and their present and/or former owners, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, insurers, employee benefit plans and their fiduciaries, both individually and in their representative capacities, including, without limitation, all claims arising out of this Agreement, Executive's employment with the Company or the Bank, and/or the termination of employee's employment with the Company and/or the Bank; provided, however, the Release Agreement shall not affect or release (i) any claim for salary earned by Executive prior to the employment termination date; (ii) any claims for reimbursement of business expenses incurred prior to the employment termination date; (iii) the rights to the Severance Amount under subsection 8(B) of this Agreement; or (iv) any vested rights Executive may then have under any insurance, pension, supplemental pension, thrift, employee stock ownership or stock option plan sponsored or made available by the Company, including without limitation any vested rights under Executive's Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement.

 

(D)         If as of the date her employment terminates, Executive is a "specified employee" within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and the Company has stock that is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, any deferred compensation payments otherwise payable because of employment termination will be suspended until, and will be paid to Executive on, the first day of the seventh month following the month in which Executive's last day of employment occurs. For purposes of this subsection 8(D), "deferred compensation" means compensation provided under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan as defined in, and subject to, Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 6 -
 

 

(E)         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment or distribution by the Company or any of its Affiliates to or for the benefit of the Executive of the Severance Amount or any other amount in the nature of compensation (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a " Payment ") will be paid that would be subject to the excise tax or denial of deduction imposed by Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code (an " Excess Parachute Payment "). In the event that the Company determines that any Payment would constitute an Excess Parachute Payment, the Company will provide to the Executive, within thirty (30) days after the Executive's employment termination date, an opinion of a certified public accounting firm selected by the Company (the " Accounting Firm ") that the Executive will be considered to have received Excess Parachute Payments if the Executive were to receive the full amounts described pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise and setting forth with particularity the smallest amount by which the Payments would have to be reduced to avoid the imposition of any excise tax or the denial of any deduction pursuant to Code Sections 280G and 4990. The Payments shall be adjusted, in the order of priority designated by the Executive in written instructions, to the minimum extent necessary so that none of the Payments, in the opinion of the Accounting Firm, would constitute an Excess Parachute Payment. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.           Executive is not required to mitigate the amount of benefit payments to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any benefit payments provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as a result of employment by another employer or which might have been earned by Executive had Executive sought such employment, after the date of termination of her employment with the Company or otherwise.

 

10.          Should Executive die while any amounts are payable to her hereunder, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees and all amounts payable hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive's devisee, legatee or other designee or if there be no such designee, to her estate.

 

11.          Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and either delivered personally or sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, express mail, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, at the following respective address unless the party notifies the other party in writing of a change of address:

 

If to Executive:

 

Kay Whitaker

5245 N. Pennsylvania Street

Indianapolis, IN 46220

 

If to the Company:

 

First Internet Bancorp

9200 Keystone Crossing, Suite 800

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

- 7 -
 

 

A notice delivered personally shall be deemed delivered and effective as of the date of delivery. A notice sent by overnight courier or express mail shall be deemed delivered and effective the next business day after it is deposited with the postal authority or commercial carrier. A notice sent by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered and effective three (3) days after it is deposited with the postal authority.

 

12.          This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana (without application of its conflict-of-law principles). The parties agree that any legal action relating to this Agreement shall be commenced and maintained exclusively before any appropriate state court of record in Marion County, Indiana, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Indiana, Indianapolis Division; further, the parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts and waive any right to challenge or otherwise object to personal jurisdiction or venue in any action commenced or maintained in such courts.

 

13.          No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14.          The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or a Change in Control Successor. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and may be enforced by, any and all successors and assigns of the Company, including without limitation by asset assignment, stock sale, merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization. Executive shall not have the right to assign this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Executive's right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable or transferable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than a transfer by her Will or by the laws of descent and distribution as set forth in Section 10 hereof, and in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 14, the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

 

15.          The Company may withhold from any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

 

16.          Any benefits payable under this Agreement shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Neither Executive nor Executive's estate shall have interest in any specific assets of the Company under the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be considered to create an escrow account, trust fund or other funding arrangement of any kind between Executive and the Company. Nothing herein contained shall require or be deemed to require, or prohibit or be deemed to prohibit, the Company to segregate, earmark or otherwise set aside any funds or other assets, in trust or otherwise, to provide for any payments to be made or required hereunder.

 

- 8 -
 

 

17.          This Agreement does not affect or alter the at-will nature of Executive's employment relationship nor guarantee or require that Executive's employment will last for any specific duration of time.

 

18.          This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subjects specifically addressed herein, and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, or representations, oral or written, on the subjects addressed herein.

 

19.          This Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the applicable standards for nonqualified deferred compensation plans established by Section 409A of the Code and its interpretive regulations and other regulatory guidance. To the extent that any terms of this Agreement would subject Executive to gross income inclusion, interest, or additional tax pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, those terms are to that extent superseded by, and shall be adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to satisfy, the applicable Section 409A of the Code standards.

 

20.          This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (or upon separate signature pages bound together into one or more counterparts), all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement. Signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic means are acceptable for execution of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above set forth.

 

COMPANY   EXECUTIVE
     
FIRST INTERNET BANCORP    
     
By: /s/ David B. Becker   /s/ Kay Whitaker
  David B. Becker   Kay Whitaker
  Chairman and CEO    

 

- 9 -

 

 

2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan

 

The following bonus plan is established for those senior management employees named on Exhibit A attached to the Compensation Committee report which is effective as of January 1, 2013.

 

The threshold to earn a bonus based on 2012 performance is:

 

(1)         the Bank having a CAMEL rating of 3 or better;

(2)         the Bank having operating income of at least $8.0 million (after accounting for any bonus under this plan); and

(3)         First Internet Bancorp declaring in 2013 and paying not later than January 31, 2014 dividends to its shareholders of at least $0.25 per share.

 

If the threshold is met in 2013 and if the Bank achieves a return on average assets ("ROAA") greater than 0.85%, then each senior management employee shall be entitled to receive a bonus equal to a percentage of his or her 2013 base salary in accordance with the following table:

 

    Bonus as a % of  
ROAA   2013 Base Salary  
       
Less than 0.85     -0-  
Equal to or greater than 0.85 but less than 1.00     10 %
Equal to or greater than 1.00 but less than 1.10     25 %
1.10 or greater     50 %

 

The bonus shall be computed as soon as practicable after December 31, 2013 and paid after the completion of the 2013 audited financial statement of the Bank.

 

If, after the payment of a bonus under this plan, the Bank restates its financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2013, then the Board of Directors shall determine the amount of bonus that should have been paid based on the restated financial statements (the "Restated Bonus Amount"). If the Restated Bonus Amount is greater than the bonus that was paid, then the Bank will pay such difference (the "Make-Up Amount") within 30 days after the determination of the Make-Up Amount regardless of whether the employee is still employed with the Bank at such time. If the Restated Bonus Amount is less than the bonus that was paid, then the employee (or his or her designated beneficiary or estate) shall repay such difference (the "Overpayment Amount") to the Bank within 30 days after the Bank provides notice of repayment which will specify the Overpayment Amount. The obligation to repay the Bank the Overpayment Amount shall apply regardless of whether the employee is then currently employed with the Bank. The employees selected to participate in the 2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan shall, as a condition of such participation, execute an "Employee Acknowledgment Concerning Participation in 2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan" in the form prepared by the Bank.

 

Exhibit B - Page 1
 

 

Except in the case of death or termination due to disability, in order to be eligible to receive any payment under the 2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan, the employee must be employed with the Bank during all of 2013 and at the time the bonuses under the 2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan are paid. In the event of death or termination due to disability during 2013 or in 2014 but before the payment date, a pro-rata portion of the bonus amount shall be paid to the employee or his or her beneficiary designated in writing and filed with the Bank. The pro-rata amount due shall be determined by a fraction, the numerator being the number of days of full time employment by the Bank in 2013 and the denominator being 365. In the absence of a designated beneficiary, the bonus shall be paid to the estate of a deceased employee.

 

The Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine (a) whether the financial metrics on which the bonus is based have been achieved, (b) the amount of any applicable bonus based on the achievement of such metrics, and (c) the date on which any bonus is to be paid.

 

The Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, has the right to amend, modify or discontinue the 2013 Senior Management Bonus Plan at any time.

 

Exhibit B - Page 2

 

 

CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF PROPERTY

 

FIRST INTERNET BANCORP (“ Purchaser ”), hereby shall purchase from LHRET ASCENSION SV, LLC (“ Seller ”) the property commonly known as 11201 USA Parkway, situated in the Town of Fishers, Hamilton County, Indiana that is a medical office building (the “ Building ”) and further described as the “Improvements” in that Ground Lease, dated May 30, 2003 (the “ Ground Lease ”), between Seller and St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center (“ Ground Lessor ”), which property is more particularly described and/or depicted on Exhibit A , attached to and made a part of this Contract, together with all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to any and all: (a) rights, interests, privileges and easements appurtenant or appertaining thereto; (b) licenses, approvals and permits with respect thereto, if any; and (c) warranties or guaranties relating thereto, if any (collectively, the “ Property ”), for One Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) (the “ Purchase Price ”), subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract.

 

Buyer acknowledges that (a) the Leased Premises (as defined in the Ground Lease) only comprises the “footprint” of the Building, (b) the Property does not include any rights to use the land on which the Building is located, (c) the Property does not include any rights to use the Common Areas (as described in the Ground Lease), (d) the Property is subject to the Declaration of Restrictions, Covenants and Easements, dated May 30, 2003 (the “ Declaration ”), and recorded in the Office of Recorder of Hamilton County, Indiana, and (e) the Property is subject to a right of first refusal set forth in Section 1 of the Declaration (the “ ROFR ”) with which Seller must comply or for which Seller must obtain a waiver from Ground Lessor.

 

1.           Earnest Money Deposit . Within seven business days after the latest date (the “ Effective Date ”) set forth on the signature page to this Contract, Purchaser shall deposit Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) (such deposit together with any interest earned thereon is hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Earnest Money ”) with Chicago Title Insurance Company (the “ Title Insurer ”). PURCHASER SHALL FORFEIT THE EARNEST MONEY TO SELLER IF PURCHASER FAILS OR REFUSES TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREIN SPECIFIED AND ALL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CONTRACT HAVE BEEN SATISFIED. Such forfeiture of Earnest Money shall constitute liquidated damages and shall be Seller’s sole remedy at law or in equity. The Earnest Money otherwise shall be refunded or forfeited in accordance with the terms contained in this Contract, and, if all of the terms and conditions of this Contract are satisfied or waived and the transaction is closed, then the Earnest Money shall be applied to the Purchase Price.

 

2.           Purchase Price . At the Closing (as defined below), Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Purchase Price, less the Earnest Money and further adjusted for any other credits, reductions and prorations for which this Contract provides.

 

3.           Closing . Subject to all other terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, the transactions described in this Contract shall be closed (the “ Closing ”) on or before the date (the “ Termination Date ”) that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Due Diligence Period (as such term is defined in Section 7 below), with the exact date of Closing (the “ Closing Date ”) to be specified by Purchaser in a written notice delivered to Seller at least three (3) days prior to the Closing. The Closing will take place at the office of the Title Insurer or such other place as the parties may mutually agree upon in writing. Any closing fee charged by the Title Insurer shall be split evenly between Purchaser and Seller. Purchaser shall pay the cost of recording the Special Warranty Deed and Seller shall pay the cost of filing the Indiana Sales Disclosure form. Each party hereto shall pay the fees of any attorneys or other consultants hired by such party in connection with the purchase of the Property. If the Closing does not occur on or before the Termination Date, this Contract shall automatically terminate.

 

 
 

 

4.           Closing Documents . At Closing, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser or its assignee or designee: (a) a duly executed Special Warranty Deed conveying fee simple title to the real property components of the Property free of any and all liens, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, covenants or other title defects, except the Permitted Exceptions (as hereinafter defined); (b) a duly executed vendor’s affidavit substantially similar in form and substance to the Indianapolis Bar Association’s form of vendor’s affidavit; (c) a duly executed non-foreign affidavit in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser and the Title Insurer; (d) a duly executed Indiana Sales Disclosure Form in the form required by Indiana law; (e) a duly executed assignment by Seller of the Leases, Contracts and Plans (as each is defined below) approved by Purchaser, if any, pursuant to Section 7.5 below and any warranties and guaranties, each to the extent assignable, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser (the “ Assignment ”); and (f) any and all other documents contemplated by this Contract or necessary to consummate the sale of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller: (a) the Purchase Price; (b) a duly executed Sales Information Disclosure form in form and substance required by applicable law; (c) the Assignment; and (d) any and all other documents required by applicable laws to consummate the sale of the Property. Purchaser and Seller acknowledge that the transactions contemplated by this Contract may be subject to the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law (Ind. Code 13-25-3-1, et seq .). Seller agrees that they shall either (i) comply with the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law and provide the Purchaser with a “disclosure document” as and when required by the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law, or (ii) provide the Purchaser with a certification on or before the Closing Date that the transactions contemplated by this Contract are not subject to the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law in a form and content acceptable to Purchaser. In the event Seller provides Purchaser with a “disclosure document” and Purchaser thereafter declines to accept the transfer of the Property (as permitted by the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law), Purchaser may cancel this Contract by written notice to Seller, in which event the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser by the Title Insurer.

 

5.           Possession . Possession of the Property shall be delivered on the Closing Date, free and clear of all rights and claims of any other party to the possession, use or control of the Property, except the rights of tenants pursuant to Leases approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.5 below, and for the Permitted Exceptions. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that upon closing, subject to any representations in this Contract or the Deed, Seller shall sell and convey to Buyer, and Buyer shall accept the Property, “AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS”. Buyer hereby unconditionally waives any implied warranty of suitability, merchantability or fitness for particular purpose.

 

6.           Taxes and Assessment . Purchaser assumes and shall pay (a) all assessments for improvements becoming a lien on or after the Closing Date; and (b) its pro rata portion of the real estate taxes assessed for and becoming a lien during the calendar year in which closing occurs (based upon the number of days remaining in such calendar year on or after the Closing Date). Seller shall pay (a) all assessments for improvements not assumed by Purchaser; (b) both installments of real estate taxes payable during the calendar year in which closing occurs; (c) its pro rata portion of the real estate taxes assessed for and becoming a lien during the calendar year in which closing occurs (based upon the number of days in such calendar year prior to the Closing Date); and (d) all delinquent real estate taxes and assessments (and penalties and interest thereon, if any). The present tax rate and assessed values shall be used for the purposes of the prorations under this Section if the applicable tax rate and assessed values have not been set. Any taxes or assessments (and penalties and interest thereon, if any) which are either (a) not assumed by Purchaser and which are not due and payable at the time of closing; or (b) delinquent at time of Closing, shall be allowed to Purchaser as a credit against the Purchase Price at Closing. Any and all rental income from the Property shall be pro-rated as of the Closing Date (with rents and rental payments for the day of closing allocated to Purchaser). If Seller and Purchaser fail to cause any utility services rendered to the Property to be placed in the name of Purchaser as of 11:59 p.m. on the day before the Closing Date, the charges for any such utility services shall be prorated as of the Closing Date, based upon the most recent bills available and readjusted on the basis of the actual bills rendered for the period during which the closing occurs, as and when such bills are received.

 

- 2 -
 

 

7.           Conditions of Performance . For purposes of this Contract, the term “ Due Diligence Period ” shall mean the date which is 30 days after the ROFR Expiration Date (as defined below). Within 15 days after the Effective Date, Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of all of the following items relating to the Property to the extent that such items are in Seller’s possession: any and all Leases, Contracts, Plans, title insurance policies (including exception documents), surveys, easements, restrictions, drainage and retention agreements, environmental and engineering reports, property condition reports, rent rolls, management and service contracts, any other investigations pertaining to the environmental or physical condition of the Property or any portion thereof, and any and all other documents and agreements relating to the use and development of the Property (collectively, the “ Due Diligence Materials ”). Purchaser’s obligations under this Contract are subject to the timely and complete satisfaction of each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by Purchaser.

 

7.1            Survey. If Purchaser obtains on or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period a survey of the Property conforming to the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for an ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey (the “ Survey ”), the Survey shall be satisfactory to Purchaser in all respects.

 

7.2            Title Insurance . On or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Purchaser shall have obtained a current title insurance commitment for the Property issued by the Title Insurer, in which commitment the Title Insurer shall agree to (a) insure for the full amount of the Purchase Price merchantable and marketable fee simple title to the Property, free of all exceptions (including, without limitation, the standard exceptions), except only the Permitted Exceptions (as defined below); and (b) issue such endorsements as Purchaser may reasonably request (the “ Title Commitment ”). Purchaser shall provide any objections (collectively, the “Title Objection ”) to matters disclosed in the Survey, Title Commitment and/or exception documents on or before five days prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period. If Purchaser provides any Title Objections, Seller shall notify Purchaser in writing on or before one (1) day prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period whether Seller covenants and agrees to cure any such objection(s) prior to the Closing Date in a manner satisfactory to Purchaser in its sole discretion. Any exceptions to title reflected on the Title Commitment to which Purchaser fails to timely object (except:  (a) the lien of any mortgage, other security instrument, UCC financing statement or tax or monetary lien, which in all cases shall be released at or before the Closing, or, if not released, then Purchaser shall have the right to pay such monetary amounts and offset such payments against the Purchase Price; and (b) the standard, pre-printed exceptions, which in all cases shall be deleted from the final owner’s title policy) shall be deemed “ Permitted Exceptions ”. At Closing, Purchaser shall receive a credit against the Purchase Price for the amount of the premium for the policy to be issued pursuant to the Title Commitment, excluding any endorsements thereto. Except as provided in clause (a) above regarding any monetary lien, nothing in this Contract shall be deemed to require Seller to take any steps to remove any defect in or objection to title or to expend any moneys therefor, nor shall Buyer have any right of action against Seller, at law or in equity, therefor. The Title Commitment and the final title policy shall have an insured amount not to exceed the Purchase Price.

 

- 3 -
 

 

7.3            Suitability of the Property. Purchaser at its cost and expense and prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, shall have determined, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Property is suitable to Purchaser for its intended use and development in all respects.

 

7.4            Litigation and Representations. As of the Closing Date, no action or proceeding before a court or other governmental agency or officer shall be pending (and to the best of either Seller’s or Purchaser’s knowledge, no such action or proceeding shall be threatened) that materially impairs the value of the Property or prevents Purchaser from undertaking and completing Purchaser’s intended use and development of the Property. As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except for those representations and warranties that refer to facts existing at a specific date, which shall be accurate in all material respects as of such date and, for those representations and warranties that refer to facts existing at a specific date, an update of such representations to reflect events occurring between the Effective Date and the Closing

 

7.5            Leases and Contracts. Together with the other Due Diligence Materials, Seller shall provide to Purchaser, at Seller’s cost and expense, true and accurate copies of all lease agreements affecting all or any portions of the Property (the “ Leases ”), all other agreements and contracts affecting all or any portions of the Property or relating to the use, ownership, maintenance, management or operation thereof (the “ Contracts ”), and all plats, plans, reports, covenants, conditions, commitments and other agreements, instruments and documents (other than Leases and Contracts) relating or applicable to the development, use or ownership of the Property (the “ Plans ”); and Purchaser shall have approved the Leases, Contracts and Plans prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period. All Leases approved by Purchaser, all Contracts approved by Purchaser and all Plans approved by Purchaser and to the extent assignable shall be assigned to Purchaser at the Closing. Any and all deposits paid to Seller or being held by Seller pursuant to the approved Leases or approved Contracts shall be retained by Seller and credited against the Purchase Price.

 

7.6            Approvals. On or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Purchaser, at its cost and expense, shall have determined in its sole discretion that it has obtained or will be able to obtain all government, regulatory, and corporate approvals deemed by Purchaser to be necessary or desirable and any approvals or consents required under any declaration, covenants and/or restrictions applicable to the Property.

 

7.7            Simultaneous Closing . Simultaneously with the execution of this Contract, Purchaser is entering into a Contract for Purchase of Real Estate with St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center, Inc. (“ St. Vincent ”), pursuant to which Purchaser desires to acquire and St. Vincent desires to sell the real estate described on Exhibit A and any and all of St. Vincent’s right, title and interest in and to the Property (the “ St. Vincent Contract ”). Purchaser shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, that all conditions precedent with respect to the St. Vincent Contract have been satisfied and (a) the transactions contemplated by the St. Vincent Contract shall close simultaneously with the transactions contemplated by this Contract, and (b) Ground Lessor and Seller shall have terminated the Ground Lease.

 

- 4 -
 

 

8.           Termination .

 

8.1            If one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 7 is not timely and completely satisfied, Purchaser may terminate this Contract and all of its obligations hereunder by written notice to Seller, in which event, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser. If Purchaser does not notify Seller in writing prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6 have been satisfied and/or waived, then this Contract and all of its obligations hereunder shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, in which event, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser.

 

8.2            Seller’s sale of the Property is contingent upon Seller obtaining a waiver from Ground Lessor of the ROFR on or before thirty-five (35) days after the Effective Date. Within five (5) days after the Effective Date, Seller shall notify the Ground Lessor of this Contract in accordance with the ROFR. Pursuant to the ROFR, Ground Lessor has up to thirty (30) days after receiving the aforementioned notice to exercise its ROFR. The date upon which Ground Lessor waives or notifies Seller that it elects not to exercise its ROFR is hereinafter referred to as the " ROFR Expiration Date ". Seller’s sale of the Property is further contingent upon receiving from Ground Lessor a termination of Ground Lease executed by Ground Lessor that contains a mutual release of Seller and Ground Lessor. Seller hereby agrees that it will enter into such a mutual release and termination agreement to terminate the Ground Lease.

 

9.           Covenants, Representations and Warranties . Seller hereby covenants, represents and warrants to Purchaser (and shall be deemed to covenant, represent and warrant to Purchaser on the Closing Date) that: (a) there is no condemnation or similar proceeding which is pending against the Property or any part thereof; (b) Seller has not received any notification from any governmental agency, authority or instrumentality of any pending or threatened assessments on or against the Property for the cost of improvements to be made with respect to the Property or any part thereof; (c) after the Effective Date Date, Seller will not create, permit or suffer any lien or other encumbrance to attach to or affect the Property and improvements thereon, except for the lien of nondelinquent real estate taxes and liens and encumbrances which will be fully discharged on or before the Closing Date; (d) to Seller’s knowledge there are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings pending with respect to or in any manner affecting the Property or Seller’s ownership thereof; (e) Seller has not sold, assigned, transferred, leased, subleased, encumbered or conveyed any right, title or interest whatsoever in or to the Property, except for the Permitted Exceptions and leases and encumbrances which, if not approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.5 of this Contract, will have terminated or will be fully discharged on or before the Closing Date; (f) prior to the Closing, Seller shall not sell, assign, transfer, lease, sublease, encumber or convey any right, title or interest whatsoever in or to the Property or any portion thereof without Purchaser’s prior written consent, nor shall Seller amend, modify, extend, terminate or alter any currently existing agreement or document relating to the Property without Purchaser’s prior written consent; (g) to the best of Seller’s knowledge, neither the Property nor any portion thereof has been used for the treatment, storage or disposal of any hazardous, special or other wastes, substances, materials, constituents, pollutants or contaminants as defined under applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations promulgated thereunder; (h) prior to Closing, Seller shall cause all Title Objections that Seller commits to cure, if any, to be cured in accordance with Section 7.2 above; (i) the Ground Lease is in full force and effect, and to the best of Seller's knowledge, neither Ground Lessor nor Seller are in default under the Ground Lease; and (j) prior to the Closing, Seller agrees not to sell the Property or any portion thereof or enter into any agreements for the sale of the Property or any portion thereof to any entity or person other than Purchaser unless such agreement specifically provides that it is a back up offer for the purchase and sale of the Property and may only be consummated in the event this Contract terminates pursuant to its terms.

 

10.          Damage and Condemnation . Seller shall maintain the Property and deliver the Property to Purchaser on the Closing Date in the same condition as on the Effective Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If the Property shall be damaged, destroyed or materially condemned, in whole or in part, or if any notice of condemnation shall be given at any time after the Effective Date, Purchaser, at its sole option, may (a) cancel this Contract, or (b) proceed with closing. If Purchaser elects to proceed with closing, then Purchaser shall accept assignment of any condemnation award or proceeds of any insurance policy related to such damage or destruction. If Purchaser elects to cancel this Contract as provided in this Contract, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser.

 

- 5 -
 

 

11.          Inspection . Purchaser, its employees, agents and independent contractors shall have the right to enter upon the Property to perform the Survey and conduct all tests, inspections and examinations which Purchaser deems necessary or desirable including, without limitation, tests, inspections and examinations related to access to utilities, environmental condition, soil and geotechnical condition, the physical condition of the Property (including the HVAC, plumbing, electrical, structural elements, glass, windows, and roof), subsurface conditions, drainage, parking, easements and cross-easements and architectural feasibility. Seller agrees to cooperate with Purchaser and to provide Purchaser with copies of all documents relating to the Property as and when required by this Contract and to furnish such other information regarding the Property as Purchaser may, from time to time, reasonably request. Purchaser shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be placed on or against the Property or any portion thereof in connection with any activities of Purchaser with respect to the Property. Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, members, employees and agents from any liability or damages related to Buyer’s investigation of the Property, which obligation shall survive termination of this Contract.

 

12.          Notices . All notices required hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed delivered on the third business day following deposit in the U.S. Mail or the day following deposit with an overnight courier when addressed to Seller at ℅ Ventas, Inc., 353 North Clark Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Kevin Geraghty; and addressed to Purchaser at ℅ First Internet Bank of Indiana, 9200 Keystone Crossing, Suite 800, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240-4603, Attention: ______________; with a copy to Steve Hardin, Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, 600 East 96 th Street, Suite 600, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240.

 

13.          Default . Seller agrees that money damages are not an adequate remedy for breach of this Contract by Seller, and, therefore, Purchaser shall be entitled to either (i) the remedy of specific performance to enforce the terms hereof, or (ii) terminate this Contract in accordance with this Section 13 in which event the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser. If Purchaser defaults in its obligations under this Contract and fails to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after written notice of such default, this Contract may be terminated by Seller and the Earnest Money shall be paid to Seller as liquidated damages and as its sole and exclusive remedy. Purchaser and Seller agree that the amount of the actual damages which Seller would suffer as a result of Purchaser’s default would be extremely difficult to ascertain and have agreed, after specific negotiations relating thereto, that the Earnest Money is a reasonable estimate of Seller’s damages and is not intended to constitute a penalty. If this Contract is terminated pursuant to Section 8 or automatically terminates pursuant to Section 3, all further obligations of the parties under this Contract will terminate and be of no further force or effect, except for the provisions that expressly survive such termination, and no party shall have any additional liability to the other as a result of the termination of this Contract. The provisions of this Section 13 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a breach of any representations, warranty, covenant or agreement prior to the Closing that is available under contract, tort or any other legal theory to the parties to this Contract. All of the provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the termination of this Contract.

 

14.          Survival . No representations or warranties contained in this Contract shall survive the Closing, and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall have any right after Closing to recover from the other damages related to any breach of any representation or warranty.

 

- 6 -
 

 

15.          General . The terms and provisions of this Contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana. The captions and section numbers shall not be considered in any way to affect the interpretation of this Contract. This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, and personal representatives. This Contract is the final expression of the complete and exclusive agreement between Seller and Purchaser. This Contract shall not be construed with resort to any presumption against the preparer or maker hereof. The term “ Contract ” as used herein means the contract arising between the parties on the terms set forth herein.

 

16.          Authority . Purchaser and Seller each represents: (a) that the undersigned person signing on its behalf is fully empowered and duly authorized by any and all necessary action or consent required under any applicable articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement or other agreement to execute and deliver this Contract for and on behalf of said party; (b) it has full capacity, power and authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Contract; and (c) that this Contract has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

17.          Brokers . Purchaser and Seller hereby represent and warrant to each other that they have not dealt with any broker in connection with this transaction, except Cassidy Turley and Ambrose Brokerage, LLC (the “ Brokers ”). Seller hereby represents and covenants that they have agreed to pay all fees and commissions payable to the Brokers as a result of this transaction. Purchaser and Seller hereby further represent and warrant to each other that no fee, commission or similar compensation shall be payable by Seller or Purchaser to any broker or any other person, except to the Brokers by Seller, as a result of any agreement or action by Seller or Purchaser, respectively.

 

18.          Assignment . On or before the Closing Date, Purchaser shall have the right to assign or transfer all or any portion of its rights under this Contract without Seller's consent or approval to an entity controlled by or under common control with Purchaser Any other assignment, transfer or encumbrance of this Contract without Seller's prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), shall be void. Notwithstanding any such assignment, Purchaser shall remain liable hereunder.

 

19.          Counterparts . This Contract may be executed in counterparts (including execution of counterpart signature pages), each of which shall be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

20.          Attorneys’ Fees . In addition to any other remedy provided for herein, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, incurred by the prevailing party in successfully enforcing or defending any provision of this Contract against such non-prevailing party.

 

21.          Facsimile Signatures . Signatures to this Contract transmitted by telecopy shall be valid and effective to bind the party so signing. Each party agrees to promptly deliver an execution original of this Contract with its actual signature to the other party, but a failure to do so shall not affect the enforceability of this Contract.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 7 -
 

 

This Contract is hereby executed this 30 th  day of January, 2013, as to Purchaser.

 

  PURCHASER:
     
  FIRST INTERNET BANCORP
     
  By: /s/ David B. Becker
  Printed: David B. Becker
  Title: CEO

 

This Contract is hereby executed this 30 th  day of January, 2013, as to Seller.

 

  SELLER:
     
  LHRET ASCENSION SV, LLC
  By: LHRET Ascension, LLC
  By: THL 191 JV, LLC
  By: LHRET 191, LLC
  By: Lillibridge Healthcare Real Estate Trust, L.P.
  By: Lillibridge Healthcare Real Estate Trust
     
  By: /s/ Kevin Geraghty
  Printed: Kevin Geraghty
  Title: E.V.P.

 

- 8 -
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Legal Description)

 

 

A- 1
 

 

 

A- 2

 

 

OFFER AND CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF REAL ESTATE

 

FIRST INTERNET BANCORP (" Purchaser "), hereby offers to purchase from ST. VINCENT HOSPITAL AND HEALTH CARE CENTER, INC. (" Seller ") that certain real estate located in Hamilton County, Indiana, consisting of approximately twelve (12) acres, which real estate is more particularly described and/or depicted on Exhibit A , attached to and made a part of this Contract (the legal description of which real estate will be subject to precise determination by survey as provided in Section 7.1 below), together with all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to any and all (a) buildings, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, attached thereto or used in connection therewith; (b) rights, interests, privileges and easements appurtenant or appertaining thereto; (c) licenses, approvals and permits with respect thereto, if any; (d) Leases, Contracts and Plans which are approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.5, if any; (e) rents, deposits and payments with respect to the development, use or occupancy thereof, if any; and (f) warranties or guaranties relating thereto, if any (collectively, the " Real Estate "), for Two Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (the " Purchase Price "), subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract. Seller represents that Seller does not own the existing building and other improvements located on the Real Estate, and therefore the building and other improvements are not included in the "Real Estate." Seller represents that it only has a reversionary interest in such improvements as set forth in the Ground Lease.

 

1.          Earnest Money Deposit. Within five (5) business days after the date (the " Acceptance Date ") on which Purchaser and Seller enter into a legally binding contract for the purchase and sale of the Real Estate, Purchaser shall deposit Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) (such deposit together with any interest earned thereon is hereinafter referred to collectively as the " Earnest Money ") with Chicago Title Insurance Company (the " Title Insurer "). PURCHASER SHALL FORFEIT THE EARNEST MONEY TO SELLER IF PURCHASER FAILS OR REFUSES TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREIN SPECIFIED AND ALL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CONTRACT HAVE BEEN SATISFIED OR WAIVED. Such forfeiture of Earnest Money shall constitute liquidated damages and shall be Seller's sole remedy at law or in equity. The Earnest Money otherwise shall be refunded or forfeited in accordance with the terms contained in this Contract, and, if all of the terms and conditions of this Contract are satisfied or waived and the transaction is closed, then the Earnest Money shall be applied to the Purchase Price.

 

2.          Purchase Price. On closing this transaction, Purchaser shall pay Seller the Purchase Price, less the Earnest Money and any other credits, reductions and prorations for which this Contract provides.

 

3.          Closing. Subject to all other terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, the transaction shall be closed not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Due Diligence Period (as such term is defined in Section 7 below), with the exact date of closing (the " Closing Date ") to be mutually agreed upon. The closing will take place at the office of the Title Insurer or such other place as the parties may mutually agree upon in writing. Any closing fee charged by the Title Insurer shall be split evenly between Purchaser and Seller. Purchaser shall pay the cost of recording the Special Warranty Deed and the cost of filing the Indiana Sales Disclosure form. Each party hereto shall pay the fees of any attorneys or other consultants hired by such party in connection with the purchase of the Real Estate.

 

 
 

 

4.          Closing Documents . At closing, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser or its assignee or designee: (a) a duly executed Special Warranty Deed conveying merchantable and marketable fee simple title to the real property components of the Real Estate free of any and all liens, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, covenants or other title defects, except the Permitted Exceptions (as hereinafter defined); (b) a duly executed vendor's affidavit substantially similar in form and substance to the Indianapolis Bar Association's form of vendor's affidavit; (c) a duly executed non-foreign affidavit in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser and the Title Insurer; (d) a duly executed Indiana Sales Disclosure Form in the form required by Indiana law; (e) a duly executed assignment by Seller of the Leases, Contracts and Plans approved by Purchaser, if any, pursuant to Section 7.5 below in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser (the " Assignment "); and (f) any and all other documents contemplated by this Contract or appropriate to consummate the sale of the Real Estate. At closing, Purchaser shall deliver: (a) the Purchase Price in immediate funds by bank wire transfer; (b) a duly executed Sales Information Disclosure form in form and substance required by applicable law; (c) the Assignment; and (d) any and all other documents contemplated by this Contract or appropriate to consummate the sale of the Real Estate. Purchaser and Seller acknowledge that the transactions contemplated by this Contract may be subject to the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law (Ind. Code 13-25-3-1, et seq.). Seller agrees that it shall either (i) comply with the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law and provide the Purchaser with a "disclosure document" as and when required by the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law, or (ii) provide the Purchaser with a certification to Seller's knowledge on or before the Closing Date that the transactions contemplated by this Contract are not subject to the provisions of the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law in a form and content reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. In the event Seller provides Purchaser with a "disclosure document" and Purchaser thereafter declines to accept the transfer of the Real Estate (as permitted by the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law), Purchaser may cancel this Contract by written notice to Seller, in which event the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser by the Title Insurer.

 

5.          Date of Possession . Possession of the Real Estate shall be delivered on the Closing Date, free and clear of all rights and claims of any other party to the possession, use or control of the Real Estate except the rights of tenants pursuant to Leases approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.5 below, if any.

 

6.          Taxes and Assessment . Purchaser assumes and agrees to pay (a) all assessments for improvements becoming a lien after the Closing Date; (b) those installment payments relating to existing assessments for improvements becoming due on or after the Closing Date; and (c) its pro rata portion of the real estate taxes assessed for and becoming a lien during the calendar year in which closing occurs (based upon the number of days remaining in such calendar year after the Closing Date). Seller represents that the building and related improvements on the Real Estate were sold to "Lhret" (as defined below) and are subject to the Ground Lease; and that such building and other improvements thereon are included in a separate tax parcel (the Ground Lease Parcel"). Seller further represents that the ground lessee under the Ground Lease is responsible for all property taxes and assessments for improvements related or attributable to the Ground Lease Parcel. Seller shall pay (a) all assessments for improvements not assumed by Purchaser; (b) both installments of real estate taxes payable during the calendar year in which closing occurs; (c) its pro rata portion of the real estate taxes assessed for and becoming a lien during the calendar year in which closing occurs (based upon the number of days in such calendar year prior to the Closing Date); and (d) all delinquent real estate taxes and assessments (and penalties and interest thereon, if any) for the portion of the Real Estate not included in the Ground Lease Parcel. Purchaser agrees that it will deal separately with the real property taxes and assessments for improvements relating to the Ground Lease Parcel in the "Lhret Contract" (as defined below). The present tax rate and assessed values shall be used for the purposes of the prorations under this Section if the applicable tax rate and assessed values have not been set. Any taxes or assessments (and penalties and interest thereon, if any) which are either (a) not assumed by Purchaser and which are not due and payable at the time of closing; or (b) delinquent at time of closing, shall be allowed to Purchaser as a credit against the Purchase Price at closing. Any and all rental income from the Real Estate payable to Seller shall be pro-rated as of the Closing Date (with rents and rental payments for the day of closing allocated to Purchaser). If Seller and Purchaser fail to cause any utility services rendered to the Real Estate to be placed in the name of Purchaser as of 11:59 p.m. on the day before the Closing Date, the charges for any such utility services shall be prorated as of the Closing Date, based upon the most recent bills available and readjusted on the basis of the actual bills rendered for the period during which the closing occurs, as and when such bills are received.

 

2
 

 

7.          Conditions of Performance . For purposes of this Contract, the term " Due Diligence Period " shall mean the period commencing on the later of (a) the Repurchase Option Expiration Date (as defined herein), (b) the date upon which Seller waives its right of first refusal to purchase the Ground Lease Parcel, or (c) the date that Seller provides Purchaser with copies of all of the following items relating to the Real Estate to the extent that such items are in Seller's possession: any and all Leases, Contracts, Plans, title insurance policies (including exception documents), surveys, easements, restrictions, drainage and retention agreements, environmental and engineering reports, property condition reports, rent rolls, management and service contracts, any other investigations pertaining to the environmental or physical condition of the Real Estate or any portion thereof, and any and all other documents and agreements relating to the use and development of the Real Estate (collectively, the " Due Diligence Materials "), and ending on the date which is thirty (30) days thereafter. Seller shall use reasonable measures to gather all such Due Diligence Materials, but Seller's unintentional failure to provide all such materials in its possession will not be deemed a breach or default on the part of Seller hereunder. Purchaser's obligations under this Contract are subject to the timely and complete satisfaction of each of the following conditions included in sub-Sections 7.1 through 7.7 below, unless waived in writing by Purchaser.

 

7.1            Survey. On or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Purchaser may obtain a survey of the Real Estate conforming to the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for an ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey (the " Survey "). The Survey shall be satisfactory to Purchaser in all respects. The Survey shall establish the precise legal description of the Real Estate and certify the gross acreage of the Real Estate to within a tenth of an acre.

 

7.2            Title Insurance. On or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Purchaser shall have obtained a current title insurance commitment for the Real Estate issued by the Title Insurer, in which commitment the Title Insurer shall agree to (a) insure for the full amount of the Purchase Price merchantable and marketable fee simple title to the Real Estate, free of all exceptions (including, without limitation, the standard exceptions if the Survey is provided to the Title Insurer), except only the Permitted Exceptions (as defined below); and (b) issue such endorsements as Purchaser may reasonably request (the " Title Commitment "). Purchaser shall provide any objections (collectively, the "Title Objections ") to matters disclosed in the Survey, Title Commitment and/or exception documents on or before five (5) days prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period. If Purchaser provides any Title Objections, Seller shall notify Purchaser in writing on or before one (1) business day prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period whether Seller covenants and agrees to cure any such objection(s) prior to the Closing Date in a manner satisfactory to Purchaser in its sole discretion. Any exceptions to title reflected on the Title Commitment to which Purchaser fails to timely object (except: (a) the lien of any mortgage, other security instrument, UCC financing statement or tax or monetary lien arising in connection with any indebtedness or obligation of Seller, which in all cases shall be released at or before the closing, or, if not released, then Purchaser shall have the right to pay such monetary amounts and offset such payments against the Purchase Price; provided, however, that Seller shall have no obligation to obtain the release of any mortgage, security instrument, UCC financing statement or tax or monetary lien arising out of or in connection with any indebtedness of or judgment against the lessee under the Ground Lease; and (b) the standard, pre-printed exceptions, which in all cases shall be deleted from the final owner’s title policy) shall be deemed " Permitted Exceptions ". At closing, Purchaser shall receive a credit against the Purchase Price for the amount of the premium for the policy to be issued pursuant to the Title Commitment, excluding any endorsements thereto.

 

3
 

 

7.3            Suitability of the Real Estate. Purchaser at its cost and expense and prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, shall have determined, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Real Estate is suitable to Purchaser for its intended use and development in all respects.

 

7.4            Litigation and Representations. As of the Closing Date, no action or proceeding before a court or other governmental agency or officer shall be pending (and to the best of either Seller's or Purchaser's knowledge, no such action or proceeding shall be threatened) that materially impairs the value of the Real Estate or prevents Purchaser from undertaking and completing Purchaser's intended use and development of the Real Estate. As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 shall be true and accurate in all material respects.

 

7.5            Leases and Contracts. Together with the other Due Diligence Materials, Seller shall provide to Purchaser, at Seller's cost and expense, true and accurate copies of all lease agreements affecting all or any portions of the Real Estate to which Seller is a party (the " Leases "), all other agreements and contracts to which Seller is a party affecting all or any portions of the Real Estate or relating to the use, ownership, maintenance, management or operation thereof (the " Contracts "), and all plats, plans, reports, covenants, conditions, commitments and other agreements, instruments and documents (other than Leases and Contracts) relating or applicable to the development, use or ownership of the Real Estate in Seller's possession (the " Plans "); and Purchaser shall have approved the Leases, Contracts and Plans prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period. Any Contracts or Leases not approved by Purchaser shall be terminated or otherwise handled to Purchaser's satisfaction by Seller on or before the Closing Date, and all of Seller's rights in all Leases approved by Purchaser, all Contracts approved by Purchaser and all Plans approved by Purchaser shall be assigned to Purchaser at the closing to the extent assignable. Any and all deposits paid to Seller or being held by Seller pursuant to the approved Leases or approved Contracts shall be credited against the Purchase Price.

 

7.6            Approvals. On or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Purchaser, at its cost and expense, shall have determined in its sole discretion that it has obtained or will be able to obtain all government, regulatory, and corporate approvals deemed by Purchaser to be necessary or desirable and any approvals or consents required under any declaration, covenants and/or restrictions applicable to the Real Estate.

 

7.7            Simultaneous Closing . Simultaneously with the execution of this Contract, Purchaser is entering into a Contract for Purchase of Property with Lhret Ascension SV, LLC (" Lhret "), pursuant to which Purchaser desires to acquire and Lhret desires to sell the buildings and improvements located on the Real Estate and any and all of Lhret's right, title and interest in and to the Real Estate (the " Lhret Contract "). Purchaser shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, that all conditions precedent with respect to the Lhret Contract have been satisfied and that the (a) transactions contemplated by the Lhret Contract shall close simultaneously with the transactions contemplated by this Contract, and (b) Lhret and Seller shall have terminated the Ground Lease.

 

4
 

 

Seller's obligations under this Contract are subject to the timely and complete satisfaction of the following conditions in Subsections 7.8 and 7.9 below, unless waived in writing by Seller:

 

7.8            Sunbeam's Right of First Refusal. Sunbeam Development Corporation (" Sunbeam ") has a right of first refusal to purchase the undeveloped portion of the Real Estate pursuant to that certain Repurchase Option for Real Estate dated October 21, 1998 (the " Repurchase Option "). Seller's obligation to convey the Real Estate hereunder shall be conditioned upon Sunbeam's failure to exercise its right of first refusal to purchase the Real Estate. Within five (5) days after the Acceptance Date (if notice to Sunbeam has not already been delivered by Seller), Seller shall notify Sunbeam of this Contract (or its intent to enter into this Contract) in accordance with the Repurchase Option. Pursuant to the Repurchase Option, Sunbeam has up to thirty (30) days after receiving the aforementioned notice to exercise its Repurchase Option. The date upon which Sunbeam waives or notifies Seller that it elects not to exercise its rights under the Repurchase Option is hereinafter referred to as the " Repurchase Option Expiration Date ".

 

7.9            Termination of Ground Lease. Seller hereby agrees that it will enter into a mutual release and termination agreement with Lhret to terminate the Ground Lease. Seller’s obligations under this Contract shall be conditioned upon Lhret entering into such Mutual Release and Agreement to terminate the Ground lease.

 

8.          Nonperformance. If one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 7 is not timely and completely satisfied, Purchaser, or Seller, as the case may be, may cancel this Contract and all of its obligations hereunder by written notice to Seller or Purchaser, as applicable, in which event, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser. If Purchaser does not notify Seller in writing prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6 have been satisfied and/or waived, then this Contract and all of its obligations hereunder (other than those that by their terms survive the termination of this Contract) shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, in which event, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser.

 

5
 

 

9.          Covenants, Representations and Warranties . Seller hereby covenants, represents and warrants to Purchaser (and shall be deemed to covenant, represent and warrant to Purchaser on the Closing Date) that: (a) there is no condemnation or similar proceeding which is pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened against the Real Estate or any part thereof; (b) Seller has not received any notification from any governmental agency, authority or instrumentality of any pending or threatened assessments on or against the Real Estate for the cost of improvements to be made with respect to the Real Estate or any part thereof; (c) after the Acceptance Date, Seller will not create, permit or suffer any lien or other encumbrance to attach to or affect the Real Estate and improvements thereon, except for (i) the lien of nondelinquent real estate taxes and liens and encumbrances which will be fully discharged on or before the Closing Date, and (ii) such lien(s) and encumbrances, if any, arising out of any Lhret loan financing with respect to the Real Estate; (d) to Seller's knowledge, there are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened with respect to or in any manner affecting the Real Estate or Seller's ownership thereof; (e) no work has been or will be performed, and no materials have been or will be furnished to, the Real Estate or any portion thereof at the behest of Seller which will result in any mechanics', materialmen's or other liens against the Real Estate or any portion thereof; (f) Seller is the fee simple owner of the Real Estate and has not sold, assigned, transferred, leased, subleased, encumbered or conveyed any right, title or interest whatsoever in or to the Real Estate, except for the Ground Lease and leases and encumbrances which, if not approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.5 of this Contract, will have terminated or will be fully discharged on or before the Closing Date; (g) except for the (i) Ground Lease, (ii) Leases, and (iii) Contracts, prior to the closing, Seller shall not sell, assign, transfer, lease, sublease, encumber or convey any right, title or interest whatsoever in or to the Real Estate or any portion thereof without Purchaser's prior written consent, nor shall Seller amend, modify, extend, terminate or alter any currently existing agreement or document (including, without limitation, the Ground Lease, Leases and/or Contracts) relating to the Real Estate without Purchaser's prior written consent; (h) to the best of Seller's knowledge, neither the Real Estate nor any portion thereof has been used for the treatment, storage or disposal of any hazardous, special or other wastes, substances, materials, constituents, pollutants or contaminants as defined under applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations promulgated thereunder; (i) o Seller's knowledge, the Real Estate complies with all local, state and federal laws and regulations; (j) prior to the closing, Seller agrees not to market, sell, advertise or seek proposals to develop or sell the Real Estate or any portion thereof or enter into any agreements for the marketing, sale or development of the Real Estate or any portion thereof to any entity or person other than Purchaser; (k) prior to closing, Seller shall cause all Title Objections that Seller commits to cure, if any, to be cured in accordance with Section 7.2 above, and ( m l) that certain Ground Lease dated as of May 30, 2003 between Lhret and Seller, pursuant to which Lhret leases the Real Estate and owns certain improvements, buildings and fixtures located thereon (the " Ground Lease "), is in full force and effect, and to the best of Seller's knowledge, neither Lhret nor Seller is in default under the Ground Lease and to the best of Seller's knowledge no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or passage of time, would constitute a breach or default under the Ground Lease.

 

Purchaser acknowledges that the building and other improvements located on the Real Estate are owned by Lhret. Seller makes no representations nor warranties with respect to the building and other improvements on the Real Estate and Purchaser shall rely exclusively upon its own investigations and inspections thereof. Purchaser also acknowledges that the Real Estate is subject to certain use restrictions and Seller makes no representation or warranty concerning the suitability of the Real Estate for Purchaser's intended use.

 

10.         Damage and Condemnation . Seller shall: (a) maintain the Real Estate and deliver the Real Estate to Purchaser on the Closing Date in the same condition as on the Acceptance Date, ordinary wear and tear and the effects of Purchaser's investigations and inspections excepted; and (b) comply in all material respects with all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Real Estate and the use thereof. If the Real Estate shall be damaged, destroyed or condemned, in whole or in part, or if any notice of condemnation shall be given at any time after the Acceptance Date, Purchaser, at its sole option, may (a) cancel this Contract, or (b) proceed with closing. If Purchaser elects to proceed with closing, then Purchaser may (a) apply the proceeds of any condemnation award or insurance policy to reduce the Purchase Price, or (b) accept an assignment of such proceeds. If Purchaser elects to cancel this Contract as provided in this Contract, the Earnest Money shall be immediately refunded to Purchaser.

 

6
 

 

11.         Inspection . Purchaser, its employees, agents and independent contractors shall have the right to enter upon the Real Estate to perform the Survey and conduct all tests, inspections and examinations which Purchaser deems necessary or desirable including, without limitation, tests, inspections and examinations related to access to utilities, environmental condition, soil and geotechnical condition, the physical condition of the Real Estate (including the HVAC, plumbing, electrical, structural elements, glass, windows, and roof), subsurface conditions, drainage, parking, easements and cross-easements and architectural feasibility. Such right does not include the right to inspect the building and other improvements located on the Real Estate. Seller agrees to cooperate with Purchaser and to provide Purchaser with copies of all documents relating to the Real Estate in Seller's possession as and when required by this Contract and to furnish such other information in Seller's possession regarding the Real Estate as Purchaser may, from time to time, reasonably request. Purchaser shall not permit any mechanic's liens to be placed on or against the Real Estate or any portion thereof in connection with any activities of Purchaser with respect to the Real Estate. Purchaser shall repair any damage to the Real Estate arising out of the activities of Purchaser, its employees, agents and independent contractors, and shall restore the Real Estate to the condition existing immediately prior to such entry by Purchaser, or its employees, agents and independent contractors, to the extent practicable. Purchaser shall defend, indemnify and hold Seller harmless from and against all claims, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses or fees, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with Purchaser's (or its agents') entry on to the Real Estate and the testing, inspection, investigation and other activities conducted thereon. Purchaser's obligations under this Section 11 shall survive the Closing or the earlier termination of this Contract.

 

12.         Notices. All notices shall be deemed delivered to Seller when deposited in the U.S. mail, addressed to Seller at St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center, Inc., Attention: Director of Real Estate, 10330 N. Meridian Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46290; with a copy to Donald R. Russell, Hall, Render, Killian, Heath & Lyman, P.C., One American Square, Suite 2000, Indianapolis, IN 46282; and to Purchaser when so deposited and addressed to Purchaser at c/o First Internet Bank of Indiana, 9200 Keystone Crossing, Suite 800, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240-4603, Attention: ______________; with a copy to Steve Hardin, Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, 600 East 96th Street, Suite 600, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240.

 

13.         Default. Seller agrees that money damages are not an adequate remedy for breach of this Contract by Seller, and, in addition to any other remedies available to Purchaser in the event of a breach by Seller, Purchaser shall be entitled to the remedy of specific performance to enforce the terms hereof. If Purchaser defaults in its obligations under this Contract and fails to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after written notice of such default, this Contract may be terminated by Seller and the Earnest Money shall be paid to Seller as liquidated damages and as its sole and exclusive remedy. Purchaser and Seller agree that the amount of the actual damages which Seller would suffer as a result of Purchaser's default would be extremely difficult to ascertain and have agreed, after specific negotiations relating thereto, that the Earnest Money is a reasonable estimate of Seller's damages and is not intended to constitute a penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitation on damages set forth in this Section 13 and/or in Section 1 above shall not apply to Purchaser's obligations to repair and restore the Real Estate and to indemnify Seller set forth in Section 11 above.

 

14.         Survival and Indemnity. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Contract shall survive the closing for a period of one (1) year, and, subject to the provisions of Section 13, Seller and Purchaser shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against all costs and damages (including attorneys' fees and court costs) incurred as a result of any breach of any such representation, warranty or agreement.

 

7
 

 

15.         General. The terms and provisions of this Contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana. The captions and section numbers shall not be considered in any way to affect the interpretation of this Contract. This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, and personal representatives. This Contract is the final expression of the complete and exclusive agreement between Seller and Purchaser. This Contract shall not be construed with resort to any presumption against the preparer or maker hereof. The term " Contract " as used herein means the contract arising between the parties on the terms of this Offer after acceptance by Seller.

 

16.         Authority. Each undersigned person signing on behalf of any party that is a corporation, partnership or other entity certifies that (a) he or she is fully empowered and duly authorized by any and all necessary action or consent required under any applicable articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement or other agreement to execute and deliver this Contract for and on behalf of said party; (b) that said party has full capacity, power and authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Contract; and (c) that this Contract has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

17.         Confidentiality. Seller agrees that it shall not disclose to any person or entity: (a) any term, condition or other fact contained in this Offer and Contract to Purchase Real Estate; or (b) any materials or information provided to Seller by Purchaser regarding the acquisition, development or condition of the Real Estate; provided, that Seller may disclose information concerning this transaction to its attorneys and consultants and to Sunbeam in connection with the matters described in Section 7.8. Seller agrees not to make any materials or information provided to Seller by Purchaser regarding the acquisition, development or condition of the Real Estate available to any person or entity unless such person or entity is an employee of the undersigned or legal counsel or consultant to the undersigned and all such persons or entities agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of this confidentiality agreement.

 

18.         Brokers. Purchaser and Seller hereby represent and warrant to each other that they have not dealt with any broker in connection with this transaction, except Cassidy Turley and Ambrose Brokerage, LLC (the " Brokers "). Seller hereby represents and covenants that they have agreed to pay all fees and commissions payable to the Brokers as a result of this transaction. Purchaser and Seller hereby further represent and warrant to each other that no fee, commission or similar compensation shall be payable by Seller or Purchaser to any broker or any other person, except to the Brokers by Seller, as a result of any agreement or action by Seller or Purchaser, respectively.

 

19.         Assignment. On or before the Closing Date, Purchaser shall have the right to assign or transfer all or any portion of its rights under this Contract without Seller's consent or approval. Notwithstanding any such assignment, Purchaser shall remain liable hereunder.

 

20.         Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterparts (including execution of counterpart signature pages), each of which shall be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

21.         Attorneys’ Fees. In addition to any other remedy provided for herein, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, incurred by the prevailing party in successfully enforcing or defending any provision of this Contract against such non-prevailing party.

 

22.         Facsimile Signatures. Signatures to this Contract transmitted by telecopy shall be valid and effective to bind the party so signing. Each party agrees to promptly deliver an execution original of this Contract with its actual signature to the other party, but a failure to do so shall not affect the enforceability of this Contract.

 

8
 

 

23.         Duration of Offer. This Offer shall expire if written acceptance endorsed herein is not delivered to Purchaser at the address specified in Section 12 on or before 5:00 pm EST on February 6, 2013.

 

This Offer is hereby executed this 30 th day of January, 2013, as to Purchaser.

 

  PURCHASER:
   
  FIRST INTERNET BANCORP
   
  By: /s/ David B. Becker
  Printed:  David B. Becker
  Title:  CEO

 

ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER

 

Seller hereby accepts the foregoing Offer on this 5 th day of February, 2013.

 

  SELLER:
   
  ST. VINCENT HOSPITAL AND HEALTH CARE CENTER, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Kyle DeFur
  Printed:  Kyle DeFur
  Title:  President

 

9
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Legal Description)

 

 

A- 1
 

 

 

A- 2

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, David B. Becker, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Internet Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) [language omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)] for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. [paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2013  
   
 

/s/ David B. Becker

  David B. Becker, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Kay E. Whitaker, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Internet Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) [language omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)] for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. [paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2013  
 

/s/ Kay E. Whitaker

  Kay E. Whitaker, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

   

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of First Internet Bancorp (the “Company"), on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ David B. Becker

 
David B. Becker  
Chief Executive Officer  
March 28, 2013  
   

/s/ Kay E. Whitaker

 
Kay E. Whitaker  
Chief Financial Officer  
March 28, 2013